Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Department Stores / Myer Holdings Ltd / FY2017 Annual Report

Myer Holdings Ltd
Annual Report 2017

MYR · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MYR
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Myer Holdings Ltd
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T 

2 0 1 7

CONTENTS

2

4

6

25

37 

38

58

Chairman and CEO Report

Performance Review

Company Snapshot

Directors’ Report

Auditor’s Independence 

Declaration

Remuneration Report

Financial Statements

108

Independent Auditor’s Report

115

117

Shareholder Information

Corporate Directory

The 2017 Myer Annual Report 

reflects the company’s financial and 

sustainability performance for the 

period ended 29 July 2017. It covers 

our retail and store support operations. 

The Annual Report is prepared for all 

Myer stakeholders including investors, 

analysts, customers, suppliers, team 

members, and the wider community. 

Content is based on ASX financial 

and governance reporting guidelines, 

stakeholder feedback, the Global 

Reporting Initiative (GRI) G4 

Sustainability Reporting Guidelines, 

and Myer’s business strategy.

Further information is available from 

myer.com.au.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The eighth Annual General 

Meeting of Myer Holdings 

Limited will be held on 

Friday 24 November 2017 

at 11.00am (Melbourne time).

Mural Hall  

Level 6, Myer Melbourne Store,  

Bourke Street Mall,  

Melbourne VIC 3000 

Myer Holdings Limited  

ABN 14 119 085 602

CH AIRMAN AND   
CE O REPORT

HOW HAS THE NEW MYER STRATEGY PROGRESSED  
IN FY2017?

Over the past year Myer has continued to make strong progress 
across each of the key priorities of our New Myer strategy. This 
progress has made us a more efficient and resilient business, which 
has in turn has helped us confront the challenging retail trading 
conditions. A lot has been achieved but there is still more to do.

We are also rapidly evolving and adapting our strategy in response 
to changing customer habits and preferences, particularly in 
relation to the digital world. We are prioritising investments in 
our omni-channel business, in digital and data, and reinforcing 
our commitment to increased productivity and efficiency.

Our omni-channel business continues to deliver strong growth 
in sales and profit and we will continue to invest heavily in it. 

We continue to reduce our store footprint through store closures 
and space hand backs and have substantially reduced our footprint 
at our Richlands Distribution Centre in Queensland. At our 
Docklands support office we have handed back over 30 percent 
of our floorspace. 

Experiential retailing has been a key focus to drive traffic in our 
stores. We continue to innovate with new and unique experiences 
such as an ice skating rink on the top floor of our Sydney CBD store, 
new cafes and pop up shops. We also introduced dedicated 
clearance floors which are now in eight stores. 

2  Myer Annual Report 2017

Our wanted brands strategy has been further strengthened with 
the introduction of new wanted brands such as Forever New and 
Darren Palmer Home. We have rolled out 72 upgraded master 
brand fit-outs and dedicated service models for Myer Exclusive 
Brands Basque, Piper and BLAQ. 

We share investors’ disappointment that Myer was not able to 
deliver a higher underlying net profit after tax (NPAT) in 2017 in 
line with our original guidance but we remain convinced that we 
have a strong and detailed plan to deliver our New Myer strategy. 
The entire Myer team is committed to achieving this.

Against a backdrop of challenging retail trading conditions, Myer 
has become a leaner, more efficient and more productive business 
better placed to compete in a rapidly changing environment. 

While sales declined 1.4 percent to $3,201.9 million reflecting 
closure of three stores and space hand backs in two stores, 
and sales on a comparable store basis were down 0.2 percent. 
Sales per square meter were up 3.7 percent compared to the 
July 2015 base.

Operating Gross Profit (OGP) was $1,220.4 million with OGP margin 
58 basis points below last year, reflecting in part the higher 
concession mix. 

Our productivity and efficiency initiatives are also delivering 
results by simplifying the operating model both within stores 
and the support office. The cost of doing business margin 
reduced by a further 54 basis points to 31.85 percent. 

HOW WILL MYER SUCCEED IN THE FACE  
OF INCREASED COMPETITION?

The New Myer strategy is our best response to increased 
competition. It is important that we focus our efforts on the 
execution of our strategy, but also to evolve it in response to the 
ever changing retail landscape and competitive environment.

Looking to the year ahead, we will prioritise investment in our 
omni-channel business which grew both sales and profit in 2017, 
and also on our productivity and efficiency agenda. Our store 
network remains a valuable asset and our progress throughout 
the year has enabled us to deliver a sharper more focused offer 
as well as a leaner and more resilient business.

Despite the challenging conditions the business remains highly 
cash generative and has a strong balance sheet, which positions 
us well to continue to invest in the business. 

Approximately 70 percent of sales at Myer are made with a MYER 
one card, providing us with a valuable data source that enables 
us to better understand and engage with our most valuable 
customers, including through better targeting of our promotions 
and other communications.

HOW ARE YOU ENSURING THAT THE BOARD AND 
MANAGEMENT TEAM HAVE THE RIGHT SKILLS TO 
DELIVER NEW MYER?

Myer’s Board and senior management team have the right mix of 
skills and experience to evolve and execute our strategy to address 
the challenges and opportunities of a changing marketplace.

The Board has a deep, diverse and relevant skill set, with 
experience in traditional retail and also in fields that are shaping 
the new retail environment such as digital, data, customer 
experience and brand management. The Board also has a wide 
range of skills acquired in other sectors and countries that are 
essential to deliver Myer’s transformation including property, 
financial, risk management, change and talent management. 
In October the Board decided to strengthen that skill set to 
include fashion retailing and luxury brands experience with 
the appointment of Julie Ann Morrison.

Shareholders may recall at the 2016 Annual General Meeting, 
I indicated that Board renewal was an ongoing focus area. 
On 11 October I announced my retirement from the Board and 
confirmed Garry Hounsell will take over as Chairman following 
the 2017 Annual General Meeting. This follows Garry’s appointment 
to the Board as a non-executive director in September. Garry has 
had extensive experience as a Director and Chairman across a 
broad range of ASX-listed consumer facing businesses, including 
Qantas Airways, Treasury Wine Estates, Spotless Group Holdings 
and Dulux Group.

In November 2016 we were delighted to welcome JoAnne 
Stephenson to the Board. In addition, we have confirmed 
that JoAnne will become Chair of the Audit, Finance and 
Risk Committee when Anne Brennan steps down from the 
Board at the forthcoming AGM.

During the year we have also strengthened our senior 
management team with several new appointments, particularly 
in those areas most relevant to the execution of our strategy. 
We remain committed to internal succession planning throughout 
the organisation, and to maintaining a diverse team.

Looking beyond the senior leadership team we also employ more 
than 11,000 team members who are essential to delivering New 
Myer. The progress made during the past year is testament to their 
commitment and passion. On behalf of the Board and management 
team, we thank them for their passion and commitment.

HOW DOES MYER ADDRESS ITS RESPONSIBILITIES  
AS A CORPORATE CITIZEN?

Myer has a long and proud history of community involvement. 
We are particularly proud of the Give Registry program launched 
in FY2016. Through this program, Myer customers, team members 
and suppliers have been able to provide 6,200 items in the 
program’s first 12 months to survivors of family violence as they 
rebuild their lives.

This year Myer joined the United Nations Global Compact, the 
world’s largest corporate citizenship initiative. We support the 
ten principles on human rights, labour, environment and anti-
corruption that are enshrined in the Global Compact and will 
continue to implement these principles within our business 
operations. In FY2017 we participated in the inaugural Australian 
Sustainable Development Goals summit. You can read more about 
our performance in the sustainability section on page 20. 

WHAT’S NEXT FOR THE MYER BUSINESS?

Our strong results in online and omni-channel gives us confidence 
that our digital strategies are on track and we will increase our 
investments in this area to deliver further gains.

A more productive and efficient Myer is an important part our 
defence against heightened competition and provides us with an 
additional resilience to tough economic conditions. To deliver this 
we will further optimise our store footprint and roll out technology 
enabled process improvements to further drive down our costs.

In the year ahead our commitment to delivering New Myer is 
undiminished while evolving it in response to a changing customer 
landscape and competitive environment. This means sticking to 
the strategy, but escalating our focus on innovative experiential 
retail including new food and services. It also means embracing 
a stronger omni-channel focus and a more comprehensive use 
of MYER one data.

We know that the next wave of changes to both consumer and 
competitor behaviour are coming. We have made progress on 
bringing New Myer to life but there is still much more to do. We 
are confident that we have the right plan and right team to deliver.

Paul McClintock AO 
Chairman 

Richard Umbers  
Chief Executive Officer  
and Managing Director

3

PE RFORMANCE 
REVIEW

M Y ER HA S  BECOME A  L E A NER,  MO RE  PRO DUC TI V E 

A ND  EF FICIENT  RE TA IL ER,  BE T TER PL ACED  TO  COMPE TE 

IN  A R A PID LY  CHA NG ING   EN V IRONMENT

SALES*

For the 12 month period total sales were down by 1.4 percent to 

$3,201.9 million, down 0.2 percent on a comparable stores basis. 

The closure of three stores and space hand backs in two stores 

impacted the sales result but this was in part offset by continued 

strong growth in our online business. Sales in the fourth quarter 

were down 1.5 percent and down 0.2 percent on a comparable 

stores basis.

MARGIN AND CODB*

Operating gross profit was $1,220.4 million, with margin down 

58 basis points to 38.12 percent broadly reflecting the higher 

concession mix. We continue to invest to drive improved 

performance of our Myer Exclusive Brands (MEBs) with upgraded 

installations and a dedicated brand service model, which has 

delivered encouraging results. Our focus on reducing the 

dependency on markdowns to drive sales, favourably impacted 

the operating gross profit result. 

brands as concessions in Myer on commercially acceptable 

terms. As previously outlined in 1H 2017 and Q3 2017 results, the 

performance of sass & bide has been below expectations during 

the period with sales in FY2017 $10.9 million below last year. While 

every effort is being made to improve the performance of the 

business, the company has recognised an impairment charge 

of $38.8 million against the carrying value of the business. The 

write-off of the Austradia investment and the impairment of sass 

& bide are non-cash individually significant items that have been 

taken in the FY2017 results. Statutory NPAT was $11.9 million post 

implementation costs and individually significant items.

CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

Net operating cash flows improved by $1 million to $187 million as 

a result of improved inventory and working capital. Inventory was 

$24 million below last year at $372 million compared to the end of 

FY2016 representing a reduction in forward cover of more than 

one week. Capital expenditure in FY2017 was $97 million reflecting 

expenditure across the key strategic priorities.

During the period, we continued to improve productivity and 

efficiency by simplifying the operating model both within stores 

FY2018 OUTLOOK

and the support office. The CODB margin reduced by a further 

In FY2018, Myer anticipates continuing changes to both consumer 

behaviour and the broader competitive environment. Accordingly, 

the New Myer agenda will prioritise investments to deliver further 

gains in omni-channel, and achieve greater productivity and 

efficiency across all our assets. The Company strongly believes 

these investments will best position Myer to deliver continued 

sustainable profit in an increasingly unpredictable environment. 

54 basis points to 31.85 percent. 

NPAT

NPAT pre implementation costs associated with New Myer 

and other individually significant items was $67.9 million. 

Implementation costs associated with New Myer were $20 million 

(pre-tax) relating mainly to space optimisation, asset impairments 

and redundancy costs. On 20 July 2017, Myer announced the 

decision to write-down the full carrying value of Myer’s 20 percent 

stake in Austradia of $6.8 million after the business was placed 

into administration and unsuccessful negotiations to retain the 

* FY2016 comparisons are on a 52-week basis for comparison purposes

4  Myer Annual Report 2017

TOTAL SALES ($B)

OPERATING GROSS PROFIT MARGIN (%)

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

3.2

3.3

3.2

3.1

3.1

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

38.1

38.7

40.4

40.9

41.5

NET PROFIT AFTER TAX ($M)*

EARNINGS PER SHARE (CENTS)

67.9*

69.3*

77.5*

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

98.5

127.2

FINANCIAL SUMMARY ($M)

Total Sales

Operating Gross Profit

Operating Gross Profit margin

Cost of Doing Business (CODB)

Share of Associates

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation (EBITDA)* 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)*

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT)*

Implementation costs associated with New Myer and individually significant items (post tax) 

Statutory NPAT

* Excludes implementation costs associated with New Myer and individually significant items.

SUSTAINABILITY

8.3*

8.8*

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

13.2*

16.8

21.8

FY2017 

FY2016 

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

Change

3,201.9

1,220.4

38.1%

3,289.6

1,274.3

38.7%

(1,019.8)

(1,067.5)

(2.5)

198.1

106.6

67.9

(56.0)

11.9

(0.6)

206.2

113.5

69.3

(8.8)

60.5

(2.7%)

(4.2%)

(62bps)

+4.5%

(3.9%)

(6.1%)

(2.0%)

(80.3%)

100%

NEW SUPPLIERS AGREED TO 
ETHICAL SOURCING POLICY

7.7%

5.8

REDUCTION IN  
GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS

LOST TIME INJURY  
FREQUENCY RATE (LTIFR)

51%

FEMALE SENIOR MANAGERS

$3.1m

TOTAL CASH EQUIVALENT 
CONTRIBUTION TO 
CHARITY PARTNERS

57%

WASTE RECYCLING RATE

5

 
COMPANY 
S NAPSHOT

M Y ER IS A MO D ERN AUS TR A LI A N   RE TA IL ER  FO CUS ED  ON B RING ING 

THE  LOV E  O F  SHO PPING   TO  LIF E   THROUGH  INS PIRING  SHO PPING 

D ES TIN ATIONS, REL E VA NT  TO  OUR  CUS TOMERS’  LIF ES T Y L ES

Myer is Australia’s largest full line department store group, with 

Myer has a comprehensive risk management plan that enables the 

more than 60 stores in some of the best locations in Australia. 

business to make sound decisions, maximise opportunities, and 

In addition, we own well known Australian apparel brands Marcs 

to identify and manage risks and uncertainties. Further details 

and David Lawrence, and Australian womenswear designer brand 

are available in the Directors’ Report on page 33. 

sass & bide. Our stores are visited by customers more than 

130 million times each year, with our online business attracting 

more than 70 million user sessions during FY2017. 

Myer is a significant employer, with more than 11,000 team 

Myer is a member of the following industry associations 

and advocacy organisations:

 > United Nations Global Compact

members, of which approximately 6,000 are employed in 

 > Intercontinental Group of Department Stores

permenant positions. Approximately 86 percent of the total 

team are employed under collective bargaining agreements. 

During Christmas we employ approximately 3,000 additional 

casual team members.

 > Australian Packaging Covenant Organisation

 > Australian Retailers Association

 > National Online Retailers Association

Myer is committed to responsible business growth and integrating 

 > London Benchmarking Group

environmental, social and ethical considerations into the way we 

operate. Our sustainability strategy aims to maximise the positive 

MYER ONE

outcomes and influences we can have on our stakeholders by 

Our loyalty program, MYER one, has more than five million 

integrating all aspects of sustainability into our everyday business 

membership cards in circulation. Members earn Shopping 

operations. For more information, please see page 20. 

Credits on purchases at Myer, with these credits converting 

We have a strong background in philanthropy and a proud history 

of giving back to our communities. Our team members, suppliers 

and customers have together raised more than $25 million over the 

past 13 years.

into a Reward Card on a quarterly basis. For every $1,000 spent 

at Myer, Members receive a $20 Reward Card. In October 2016, 

we upgraded the MYER one app which has seen more than 

520,000 downloads. Increasingly, MYER one Members are 

electing to receive their quarterly Rewards Card digitally 

The vast majority of Myer’s business operations are located in 

via the MYER one app.

Australia, and encompass Myer department stores, sass & bide and 

Marcs and David Lawrence standalone boutiques and concessions 

in other departments stores, as well as four distribution centres 

and a support office in Melbourne. Outside of Australia there are 

two sass & bide boutiques in New Zealand, and sourcing offices in 

China, Hong Kong, India and Bangladesh with 68 team members 

in total. Merchandise is transported to six third-party hubs 

for consolidation and preparation prior to shipment to Myer’s 

distribution centres in Australia.

In addition to Rewards Cards, the program also offers a range of 

benefits, including member-only shopping events and dedicated 

email communications. The program has a tiered structure, 

with benefits increasing in line with spend at Myer. Our top 

tiered Members enjoy complimentary delivery, invitations to VIP 

experiences and a voucher for their birthday. Further details about 

the program and Shopping Credit earning criteria are available 

online at myerone.com.au.

6  Myer Annual Report 2017

OUR  STR ATEGY

THE  NE W M Y ER S TR ATEGY  IS  S ECURING  THE   FUTURE   

O F ONE O F  AUS TR A LI A’S BES T-LOV ED RE TA IL ERS

Launched in September 2015, the New Myer strategy represents a plan to invest more than $600 million  

in capital and implementation costs across five years, to deliver a sharper and more focused offer to our best  

and most valuable customers.

Our strategy is being delivered through four Strategic Priorities; a customer led offer, improving customer service  

and in-store experience, adopting a truly omni-channel approach, and driving productivity and efficiency.  

Ultimately, we are focused on bringing the love of shopping to life by providing a desirable shopping destination,  

relevant to our customers’ lifestyles.

Our New Myer strategy is built on four priorities outlined below, and is underpinned by our organisational capability.

1

2

3

4

CUSTOMER  
LED OFFER

WONDERFUL  
EXPERIENCES

OMNI-CHANNEL  
SHOPPING

PRODUCTIVITY  
STEP-CHANGE

 > Cluster optimisation 

 > Category optimisation 

 > Brand optimisation 

 > Channel optimisation 

 > Localisation

 > Supplier collaboration

 > Elevated visual 
merchandise

 > Dwell spaces

 > Strengthen online 

proposition

 > Store network 
optimisation 

 > Omni-channel experience

 > Flagship store emphasis 

 > Improved fitting rooms 

 > Right infrastructure 

and operations

 > Enhanced Myer Hub

 > Signature service

 > Trained and capable staff 

 > Targeted customer 

engagement

 > Right-sizing 

support office 

 > Cost focus and 
efficiency focus

ORGANISATIONAL CAPABILITY

 > Efficient operating model 

 > Execution focused culture

 > Technology, processes, systems 

 > Strengthened balance sheet

7

OUR FY2017   
HIG HLIGHTS

CUSTOMER  

LED OFFER

WONDERFUL 

EXPERIENCES

 > Elevated more than 70 Basque, 

 > Innovative customer experiences 

Piper and Blaq MEB destinations 

such as the Myer Christmas 

in-store through shop-in-shops, 

Giftorium and Wonderland by Myer 

improved visual merchandising 

and branding, and dedicated 

Brand Expert and Field Manager 

team members

 > Secured Marcs and David Lawrence 
as part of the Myer brand portfolio

 > Created over 360 in-store 

destinations for new brands 

including Veronika Maine, 

 > Australian department store first 
collaboration with Katy Perry

 > Seven pop up shops and  

two new cafes

 > Sydney ice skating rink

 > New personal shopping suites 

at seven stores

 > Fitting room upgrades 

Industrie, Shoes & Sox, John Lewis 

at eight stores

Homewares, Saba, Oroton, Tom 

Ford Cosmetics, Radley Handbags, 

Premium by Jack & Jones and 

Only denim

 > Continued to strengthen 

destination businesses including 

denim, occasion wear, swimwear, 

travel, appliances and beauty

 > Awarded ‘Department Store of 

the Year’ by Roy Morgan Research 

 > Awarded ‘People’s Choice Award’ 
by Australian Retailers Association

8  Myer Annual Report 2017

W E HAV E A L RE A DY M A D E  HI GHLY  V IS IB L E  PRO G RES S   

IN OUR IN-S TO RE E X PERIENCE,  BY  IMPROV ING  OUR  R A NG E   

A ND  LIF TING  CUS TOMER  S ER V ICE.   THIS W IL L CONTINUE

OMNI-CHANNEL 

PRODUCTIVITY  

O R G A N I S AT I O N A L 

SHOPPING

STEP-CHANGE

CAPABILITY

 > Strong growth in omni-channel 

sales now totalling $177 million in 

annual sales

 > Achieved a reduction in online 
fulfilment costs due to the 

implementation of the new 

picking and packing app

 > Launched new versions of the 
MYER one app on both iOS and 

Android platforms 

 > Introduced popular payment 
method Afterpay for online 

purchases 

 > Click & Collect reached fifteen 
percent of orders in July 2017

 > Implemented new workforce 
management tool in all stores

 > Implemented phase one of 
our enhanced merchandise 

management tool

 > Handed back space at Cairns 
and Dubbo stores, 50 percent 

of our Queensland DC and over 

30 percent of our support office 

floorspace 

 > Re-opened Warringah store

 > Announced decision to not renew 
leases at Colonnades, Belconnen 

and Hornsby

 > New key executive appointments 
in Merchandise Buying, Planning, 

Transformation, and Retail 

Operations

 > More than 33,000 learning 
sessions completed on the 

Myer Academy mobile platform, 

delivering knowledge to support 

improved customer service 

experience

 > New performance management 

framework launched

9

C USTOMER   
LE D OFFE R

A G RE AT RE TA IL E X PERIENCE  S TA RTS  W ITH B R A NDS   

A ND  PRO DUC TS THAT OUR  CUS TOMERS  LOV E

BASQUE, PIPER & BLAQ

A key pillar of the merchandise strategy 

is continuing to strengthen our MEBs. 

This year we have elevated our MEB 

Masterbrands Basque, Piper and Blaq, 

across all touch points. Enhanced product 

development, cohesive ranging across 

categories, and clearly defined brand 

DNA has created improved product that 

is being supported online and across all 

marketing channels. The brands have 

upgraded shopping environments, new 

fixtures and fittings, and enhanced 

visual merchandising. To bring the 

elevated destinations to life, there is a 

team of dedicated MEB Brand Experts 

and Field Managers, who showcase the 

product by wearing it every day, manage 

the presentation of the merchandise, 

and ensure that customers receive an 

improved shopping experience. 

10  Myer Annual Report 2017

DESTINATION AREAS

Customer-centric innovation has led 

to the development of destination areas 

across the business. These areas are easy 

for customers to shop, themed around 

lifestyles and shopping behaviour. Examples 

of destination areas include occasion 

wear, denim, activewear, luggage, footwear 

and swimwear. Over the past year, denim 

destinations have been created in-store, 

through an expanded range and the 

introduction of new brands, as well as a 

dedicated new fixture suite and visual 

merchandising elements. This year also 

saw the introduction of all year round 

swim shops in 20 stores. In womenswear, 

the occasion wear destination has been 

strengthened through the range expansion 

of brands Trent Nathan and Wayne Cooper, 

the introduction of new brand Grace & Hart, 

and the expansion of Bronx & Banco to more 

stores. The occasion wear destination will be 

further enhanced in September 2017 through 

the launch of an online shopping hub as well 

as upgrades to the in-store environment 

through elevated visual merchandising 

and branding in selected stores. 

To deliver a sharper and more focused offer, tailored to our most 

We have continued the introduction of new brands across our 

valuable customers, the past year has seen the introduction of new 

store network this year, with over 360 new installations including 

brands, the enhancement of our MEB Masterbrands, the elevation 

the launch of Veronika Maine, Industrie, Shoes & Sox, John Lewis 

of destination areas, as well as securing Marcs and David Lawrence 

Homewares, Saba, Oroton, Tom Ford Cosmetics, Radley Handbags, 

as part of our brand portfolio.

Premium by Jack & Jones and Only denim. 

In the past year, over 70 Basque, Piper and Blaq destinations have 

We are focused on highlighting newness and driving fashion and 

been introduced. Utilising MEBs as a key differentiator, the three 

exclusives, we recently announced that youth brand Forever New, 

Masterbrands have been elevated through shop-in-shops, new 

premium surf brands Roxy and Quicksilver in our childrenswear 

fixtures and fittings, and are supported by a dedicated team of 

and swim departments, and designer brand The Kooples will be 

Brand Experts and Field Managers to provide customers with the 

available in Myer stores later this year.

best experience possible. 

We have made good progress towards a more focused offer, 

In April 2017, we strengthened our brand portfolio by securing the 

tailored to our most valuable customers. We continue to enhance 

future of two Australian brands, Marcs and David Lawrence. These 

destination areas across the business that are customer-centric 

brands are currently available as department store concessions 

and easy to shop. These destinations include denim, travel, 

including at Myer, at dedicated online stores and at four 

beauty and swimwear, and make Myer an authority in range. 

standalone stores across Sydney and Melbourne.

We will continue to amplify key destination areas, with upcoming 

enhancements to our occasion wear and active wear destinations.

During our winter fashion parade in March 
we launched new technology to enable guests 
to shop the runway direct from their mobile 
device. This innovation was the first time 
Myer has enabled attendees of a runway show 
to shop a catwalk live from the audience.

11

WONDERFUL   
E XP E RIENCES

W E  A RE  BUIL DING WOND ERFUL E X PERIENCES  TO  CRE ATE 

LONG   L A S TING MEMO RIES  FO R  OUR  CUS TOMERS

WONDERLAND BY MYER

Wonderland by Myer in Sydney City brings 

together Toys, Childrenswear and Gifting 

in one location, with a focus on theatre to 

create an elevated customer experience. 

From the ground floor, a rocket elevator 

takes customers on a journey through 

the clouds and delivers them to the gates 

of Wonderland by Myer. For Christmas, 

specially recruited and trained performing 

artists brought Wonderland by Myer to life. 

In May, the destination was transformed 

into a winter wonderland, complete with an 

ice skating rink. Customers were also able 

to enjoy treats from Doughnut Time and 

Mr Fitz in the alpine village pop-up.

12  Myer Annual Report 2017

MYER PRESENTS 

KATY PERRY WITNESS: 

THE TOUR

In July, we announced a partnership with 

international pop star Katy Perry, as the 

principle and naming rights partner of her 

2018 Witness: The Tour. Myer and Katy will 

bring the tour to cities across Australia. 

Ahead of tickets going on sale to the 

general public, Myer gave customers the 

chance to win 8,000 tickets in an exclusive 

MYER one competition. 

Katy Perry launched the promotion at 

the Sydney City store on Friday 30 June 

with an instore appearance. This event 

was streamed live on social media. 

She will tour Australia in August 2018. 

This promotion exceeded our customer 

engagement expectations.

Initiatives such as Wonderland by Myer in Sydney City and our 

To coincide with the April 2017 Easter school holidays in New 

collaboration with Katy Perry, demonstrate our commitment to 

South Wales, customers at the Parramatta store were treated 

delivering great in-store experiences. 

to a Thomas the Tank Engine, Barbie and Shopkins children’s 

This year our Christmas Giftorium featured 38 percent more 

products than last year, with a wide variety of personalised 

gifting options including Nutella, M&Ms, Barbie for You and 

Kikki K. The heart of the Giftorium was our specially recruited 

experience. Featuring a live stage show and three entertainment 

zones, the event was well received, with 1,650 tickets sold over 

the two week period. We will continue to invest in this type of 

experiential event in FY2018.

team who brought theatre and wonder to life in our stores. 

We were pleased to be awarded ‘Department Store of the Year’ 

We are investing in priority stores to create unique shopping 

experiences. We have upgraded our personal shopping suites 

and key fitting rooms in eight stores, and recruited specially 

trained personal shoppers and change room consultants to create 

tailored wardrobes and help customers find the perfect outfit.

Our customer experience is evolving from great retail service, 

to lifestyle services like cafés, wine bars, beauty and grooming. 

Our new Warringah store in Sydney’s northern beaches was the 

first physical embodiment of New Myer with a focus on localisation. 

The store features enhanced dwell spaces including a café and 

barber. We have also recently opened a new local café at our 

Macquarie store in Sydney. 

Throughout the year we have partnered with innovative brands 

to give customers access to unique shopping experiences, 

contemporary products and services. In February, Myer was the 

first Australian department store to collaborate with global car 

innovator, Tesla, bringing their electric cars to our customers at 

dedicated showrooms in our Adelaide, Brisbane and Melbourne 

City stores. 

by Roy Morgan Research and ‘People’s Choice Award’ by the 

Australian Retailers Association, an award based on customer 

satisfaction surveys, independent research and mystery shopping 

conducted by The Realise Group. 

6

13

OMNI -CHAN NEL 
S HOPPING

CUS TOMERS ENG AG E W ITH US  ACRO S S M A N Y  CHA NNEL S . 

OUR CONTINUED IN V ES TMENT  IN  OMNI- CHA NNEL  EN A B L ES 

THIS  TO   O CCUR S E A ML E S S LY,  ONLINE  A ND  IN-S TO RE

OUR NEW PICKING 

AND PACKING APP

We see technology as an enabler to provide 

our customers with memorable shopping 

experiences, both in-store and online. 

A major factor in achieving this in online 

is our ability to pick and pack purchases 

quickly and accurately. Launched during 

the year, our new picking and packing app 

significantly reduces the steps and time 

taken to locate and prepare products for 

either collection or shipping. 

The app was developed internally, and is 

affectionately named Zippy. The new app 

has significantly reduced the time to pick 

and pack orders by 20 percent, driving 

down the labour cost and time needed 

to fulfil, supporting the rapid growth of 

Myer’s omni-channel business. The new 

app has also increased our pick success, 

maintaining our competitive advantage 

and further driving omni-channel growth.

14  Myer Annual Report 2017

THE NEW MYER ONE APP

A new version of the MYER one app was 

launched in two phases throughout the 

year, initially to iOS users in October 

2016 and then on the Android platform 

in March 2017. The new app is simpler 

and easier to use. Developed in close 

consultation with MYER one members, 

it has a range of features that provide 

up-to-date information on purchases and 

Shopping Credits. It also offers the option 

for members to elect to receive program 

Reward Cards electronically.

The app provides a quick snapshot 

of membership tiers, an easy to scan 

electronic copy of the membership card 

and Shopping Credit balance on a simple 

to use dashboard. New features also 

include being able to track the number of 

Shopping Credits required to achieve the 

next reward, a detailed transaction history 

including receipt numbers of all purchases 

made using MYER one and a new ‘offers’ 

section that provides access to member-

only offers and events. 

Our online business continues to deliver significant growth, with 

store that has the highest number of the specific item to reduce 

sales up 41 percent due to a much improved customer experience 

future markdowns. A small range of big and bulky items are fulfilled 

online as well as an enhanced range. Our home category has 

via our distribution centres in VIC and NSW. 

enjoyed strong sales growth and online now represents greater 

than 10 percent of the home category.

During the year, Myer further expanded its payment options 

with the introduction of innovative retail payment platform 

Click & Collect continues to grow in popularity and now 

Afterpay. Myer customers can buy now, receive now, and pay 

represents approximately 15 percent of all online orders. 

later, maximising their ability to purchase the latest fashions and 

Click & Collect leverages our leading store network, providing 

take advantage of Myer’s many great offers. Myer also began its 

convenient collection locations and with the introduction of 

expansion into global markets with the launch of an international 

our picking, packing and dispatching app, we are able to offer 

version of the Myer website, offering deliveries to New Zealand. 

customers same day pick-up, where the order is placed by 

The international site automatically converts prices to local 

12-midday and the selected store is in-stock of the ordered 

currency, calculates relevant taxes, and offers competitive 

item. During the year we also enhanced Click & Collect with 

shipping rates. 

the introduction of inter-store transfers of products.

We have made solid progress in rapidly developing our  

Picking from stores remains our preferred model. Our fulfilment 

omni-channel business and we look forward to continuing  

system chooses items from certain stores to minimise multiple 

our investment to further improve our offer. 

deliveries, and where possible, the system will also pick from a 

Omni-channel sales, including sales via our 
2,500 iPads in store, reached $177 million 
during the year and now represents a 
penetration of 8.2 percent of overall sales 
in July 2017. Similarly Click & Collect has 
grown strongly to now represent 15 percent 
of orders in July 2017.

15

PRODUCT IVITY 
S TE P-CHANGE

W E  REM A IN COMMIT TED  TO   O PER ATING  A MO RE EF FICIENT 

BUSINES S A ND  IMPROV ING THE  OV ER A L L PRO DUC TI V IT Y 

O F  THE   S PACE  THAT W E O CCUPY  THROUGH  THE  A D O PTION 

O F  NE W PRO CES S ES A ND EF FICIENC Y  ME A SURES

OUR NEW WORKFORCE 

MANAGEMENT TOOL

Our new workforce management tool 

marks a significant milestone in our 

journey to New Myer, embracing a simpler, 

more efficient, customer focused way 

of operating our stores. Workforce 

management delivers the right people, 

in the right place, at the right time.

Store team members access a mobile 

app to clock in and out of their shifts and 

view their timecards and rosters. Store 

management also access the system 

via a mobile device, removing the need 

to spend time in an office completing 

administrative tasks. 

16  Myer Annual Report 2017

STORES NEW WAY 

OF OPERATING

The Stores New Way of Operating project is 

removing inefficiency and waste, enabling 

store teams to focus on activities. In its 

initial phase, the project has significantly 

reduced redundant tasks, centralised other 

tasks and simplified in-store processes. 

This new way of operating enables store 

teams to focus on improving the customers’ 

in-store experience. Reducing store 

administration offices was a significant 

achievement during the year, a concept that 

was initially piloted with the re-opening of 

the Warringah store in November 2016. 

In addition to this we have implemented 

a new store leadership model, supported 

by comprehensive training. This training 

provided role clarity, set role expectations 

and introduced clear metrics. These 

changes will enable store leadership teams 

to be cost effective, operate in the most 

efficient manner and support improved 

performance.

During the year, we continued to optimise our store network 

new workforce management tool. This new operating model 

and realign it with our core customers. This was achieved by a 

has subsequently been adopted by all stores throughout the 

combination of store closures and space hand backs across the 

year, with further efficiency initiatives to be delivered prior 

portfolio. The Wollongong store closed in September 2016 and 

to Christmas 2017.

stores at Brookside and Orange closed in January 2017. Team 

members were a priority throughout the closure process, with 

support provided to assist in securing alternative employment.

During the year we also implemented the first phase of a new 

merchandise planning tool. When fully implemented it will offer 

significant improvements in inventory management, planning and 

Refurbishment works commenced at the Castle Hill store in 

stock availability at a store level. We expect this to lead to higher 

June 2017, and once completed, the store will operate in a smaller 

sales of items which are heavily in demand, fewer lost sales due to 

out of stocks and a reduction in markdowns of overstocked items. 

Implementation will be fully completed by June 2019.

We continue to make significant progress in 
our productivity agenda with a 24,368m2 
reduction in space from store closures at 
Wollongong, Brookside and Orange.

more efficient space, with the hand back of approximately 
7,000m2. Space hand backs have occurred at the store support 
office in Melbourne with a total of 9,700m2 handed back by 
October 2017, and approximately half of the space at the 

Richlands distribution centre in Queensland.

Space hand backs at the Cairns and Dubbo stores were also 

completed, with minimal business disruption. Refurbishment 

works also commenced at Maroochydore in Queensland.

We continue to review our existing store portfolio to improve 

productivity. In addition to the store exit already announced 

for Logan, we also announced that we would not be renewing 

the leases at Colonnades, Belconnen and Hornsby. 

The Warringah store reopened in November 2016, in a smaller 

more efficient space featuring a range of products and services 

tailored to the unique needs of the local customer. Warringah 

was the first store to commence operations without a dedicated 

administration office. This has been achieved through the 

centralisation of activities and the use of technology to improve 

and simplify processes such as the implementation of our 

17

ORG ANISATIONAL 
C APABILITY

W E A RE IN V ES TING  IN  OUR  TE A M MEMBERS   

W ITH  TR A INING A ND  TECHNO LO GY  TO  IMPROV E   

OUR   CUS TOMERS’   SHO PPING   E X PERIENCE

MYER ACADEMY

33,353

LEARNING SESSIONS

13,548

UNIQUE VISITORS

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION

Diversity continues to be a priority for New Myer. How we lead, how 
we work and how we include each other and the communities we 
serve, are guiding principles of our approach to diversity at Myer. 
Further information about diversity is available on page 21.

Our team members are at the very heart of New Myer. We are 
focused on building their knowledge and capability to bring 
the love of shopping to life. 

We now offer a world class training platform, with on-the-go 
learning modules on brands and services to equip our team 
members with the know-how to delight our customers. There 
are now over 30 courses available which includes modules 
on key MEB Masterbrands and product knowledge, fashion 
styling, sales and service, and professional development topics. 
Each month new learning moments are released, encouraging 
team members to have a reason to re-visit the site regularly to 
access new content. Since launch there have been more than 
13,000 unique team member visitors to the site.

We are further supporting the career progression of our 
team through the recent launch of the new performance 
management framework. This allows team members to align 
personal objectives with our company goals, identify learning 
activities to address capability opportunities, capture ongoing 
feedback and recognition, and track and evaluate performance. 
The framework has been developed based on the behaviours, 
experience, knowledge and mindset required for each role 
at Myer.

Further information about the Myer Board and Management 
team is available from Myer’s Investor Centre website. Profiles of 
the directors of the Myer Board are also detailed on page 25.

18  Myer Annual Report 2017

INTRODUCING NEW 

BOARD MEMBER 

JOANNE STEPHENSON

JOANNE STEPHENSON
Independent Non-Executive Director

JoAnne was appointed to the Myer Board 

in November 2016. She is a member of 

the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee. 

JoAnne has more than 25 years’ experience 

spanning a range of industries. JoAnne 

was previously a senior client partner in 

the Advisory division at KPMG and has 

key strengths in finance, accounting, risk 

management and governance. JoAnne 

holds a Bachelor of Commerce and 

Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from The 

University of Queensland. She is also a 

member of both the Australian Institute 

of Company Directors and Chartered 

Accountants Australia and New Zealand.

INTRODUCING NEW EXECUTIVE APPOINTMENTS

During the year we appointed a number of new senior leaders with 
the capability required to support our transformation. Recent 
executive appointments include Karen Brewster as Executive 
General Manager Merchandise Buying, Damian Walton as Executive 
General Manager Merchandise Planning, and Peter Mitchley Hughes 
as Head of Transformation.

KAREN BREWSTER
Executive General Manager Merchandise Buying

Karen was appointed as Executive General Manager Merchandise 
Buying in July 2017. In this role she has responsibility for all 
merchandise categories including Mens and Womens Apparel, 
Beauty, Intimate Apparel, Childrenswear, Accessories, Footwear, 
Home and Entertainment. Karen has held a variety of senior 
roles across Myer in Buying, Planning, Analysis and Business 
Administration.

DAMIAN WALTON
Executive General Manager Merchandise Planning

Damian was appointed Executive General Manager Merchandise 
Planning in July 2017. In this role Damian’s responsibilities include 
the overall planning of the merchandise strategy, managing the 
merchandise budget, financial performance of the business and 
controlling inventory for the company. Damian is a career merchant 
with over 27 years’ experience working across Australia and the UK, 
including at Selfridges, Marks & Spencer and House of Fraser.

PETER MITCHLEY-HUGHES
Head of Transformation

Peter was appointed Head of Business Transformation in January 
2017 and is responsible for delivering all aspects of the New Myer 
transformation. Peter has over 20 years’ experience in FMCG and 
retail companies. He has a proven record in enterprise business 
transformation, operational efficiency, organisational change and 
program delivery. In the UK, he worked for Marks & Spencer as Head 
of Commercial Finance, followed by the development and delivery 
of the new M&S.com multichannel platform.

19

S USTAINABILITY 
A T MYER 

M Y ER IS COMMIT TED  TO   BUIL DING  A  S O CI A L LY RES PONSIB L E 

BUSINES S A ND INTEG R ATING SUS TA IN A BILIT Y INTO 

E V ERY DAY  BUS INES S PR AC TICE S 

MYER SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORK AND MATERIAL ISSUES

CUSTOMER

TEAM

COMMUNITY

ENVIRONMENT

BUSINESS 

 > Customer service 
and satisfaction

 > Attraction and 
engagement

 > Myer Community 

Fund

 > Energy and 
emissions

 > Reward and 
recognition

 > Giving our time

 > Packaging 

 > Strategic community 

stewardship

 > Workplace safety

partnerships

 > Waste and recycling

 > Ethical sourcing

 > Code of conduct

 > Product 

responsibility

Our sustainability strategy has five focus areas: Customer, Team, 

Community, Environment and Business. Each of these is supported 

by metrics to enable us to measure our performance. 

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SATISFACTION

The customer is at the heart of everything we do. This year we took 

steps to improve customer service through deployment of our new 

The results of stakeholder engagement that occur during the year 

workforce management tool that better aligns staffing levels with 

are used to inform our reporting. This year we also gave particular 

customer needs. We improved our understanding of customer 

consideration to the Sustainable Development Goals, the Global 

satisfaction by enhancing our methodology for obtaining feedback 

Compact principles and the Global Reporting Initiative Standards, 

from people who visit our stores. We also relaunched the MYER 

alongside our annual peer review. 

Myer has ongoing engagement with customers, team members, 

suppliers, shareholders, local communities and civil society. Our 

engagement channels include social media, our customer service 

centre, customer feedback programs, team member updates, 

supplier forums, proactive and reactive media engagement, 

investor and stakeholder meetings, and multi-stakeholder forums. 

Myer identifies which groups to engage with on a proactive and 

reactive basis. As required, issues raised by stakeholders are 

escalated to senior management and where appropriate, to 

the Board. 

For more information on our sustainability strategy and 

performance, and to view our FY2017 Global Reporting Initiative 

Index, please visit myer.com.au. 

one app and expanded the MYER one membership to gain a better 

understanding of our customers shopping habits. 

TALENTED AND CAPABLE PEOPLE

Attracting and developing talented and capable people is vital 

in the delivery of our New Myer strategy. 

We have been enhancing skills in product, sales and service 

through the Myer Academy mobile learning platform with over 

13,000 users accessing learning moments. Myer is also investing 

in how the organisation inducts new employees, building their 

job readiness as well as investing in store leadership capability. 

Our approach to performance management and development 

supports people leaders to undertake regular, meaningful 
performance and development discussions with team members.

20  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 

PARTNERING FOR POSITIVE IMPACT

At Myer, we understand the value of diversity and inclusion. Myer’s 

Myer has a proud history of community investment. Giving back 

approach to diversity and inclusion is focused on how we lead, how 

is part of our organisational DNA. As an influential Australian 

we work and how we include others, including the communities we 

retailer we have a unique opportunity to make a positive social 

serve. In FY2017 we developed a strategy with three priorities being 

impact by enabling our team members, suppliers and customers 

cultural diversity, LGBTI awareness and inclusion, and increasing 

to contribute to addressing important social issues. 

female representation at senior leadership levels. Specific 

inclusion plans are now in place for these three areas. 

Our community investment and partnerships are aligned with 

the theme ‘empowering and supporting women; strengthening 

Myer’s current workforce composition is 80 percent female, 

families’. We work primarily with our national partners White 

with 58 percent of managers, 51 percent of senior managers 
and 38 percent of our Board being female1. In FY2017, as in 
previous years, we undertook a review of gender pay equity within 

Myer and corrected a small number of like-for-like gaps. 

Ribbon Australia, Global Sisters and The Salvation Army to reduce 

family violence and its effects. 

Our three major fundraising programs are: 

Myer is focused on strengthening its talent pipeline and ensuring a 

 > The Myer Community Fund Precious Metal Ball with our suppliers

balanced workforce composition through many of its diversity and 

 > Point of Sale Round-up, giving customers the opportunity 

inclusion initiatives. These initiatives include talent management 

to ‘round-up’ their purchase to the nearest dollar 

and succession planning, leadership development, the Myer 

Academy Masterclass Diversity series, Flex@Myer and actively 

supporting team members as they return from extended leave. 

 > Team member fundraising activities at every Myer store, 
distribution centre and the national support office for 

smaller innovative projects in their local area 

SAFETY AT WORK

Myer treats the safety of our team members, customers and 

suppliers as a priority and we are committed to continually 

improving our safety performance. The importance of safety is 

actively built into our culture and is managed through having a 

robust safety management system. 

Our safety management system underwent a full review and 

relaunch in FY2017 with a focus on making our safety systems 

easy and accessible to our team and promoting safety as a 

shared responsibility. We have encouraged reporting hazards 

through raising team member awareness and ensuring our safety 

committees play a role at our sites. In FY2017 we were pleased 

to have achieved a further reduction in Myer’s Lost Time Injury 

Frequency Rate (LTIFR), building on our achievements during the 

last seven years. 

Donations go to the Myer Community Fund, and are used to 

support the important work of our national and local community 

partners, aligned to our community investment theme. The 

Myer Community Fund is overseen by an independent Board 

and the effectiveness of the fundraising programs and impact 

of investments are evaluated annually. 

In FY2017 the Myer Community Fund provided $611,000 to our 

national community partners. These funds:

 > Assisted The Salvation Army in providing over 32,000 instances 

of family violence support such as crisis accommodation, 

specialist safety planning, counselling and outreach

 > Supported 360 ‘Global Sisters’ with specific vulnerabilities, 

in their aspiration to achieve financial independence through 

micro business and retail marketing support

 > Helped prevent violence towards women through the delivery 

of White Ribbon Australia’s award-winning ‘Breaking the Silence’ 

schools program, delivered to 100 schools across Australia, 

reaching 36,000 students

1  Reporting period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2017. 

21

PRECIOUS METAL BALL 2017

The Myer Community Fund Precious Metal Ball is one of the 

premiere occasions on Myer’s annual event calendar. This year’s 

Precious Metal Ball was the largest in its 13-year history, with 

total proceeds of over $1 million raised through financial and 

product contributions made on the night.

More than 1,000 guests from the retail, business and fashion 

industries attended the event, with special guests, The Face 

of Myer, Jennifer Hawkins and Myer Ambassador, Kris Smith.

Proceeds raised on the night support the work of the Myer 

Community Fund’s key beneficiary, White Ribbon Australia, as 

well as the work of over 60 of our store-partnered charities, in 

family violence prevention, cultural change and victim support.

GIVE REGISTRY CHANGES LIVES

The Give Registry, Myer’s flagship community partnership 

program with The Salvation Army, gives expression to our 

active commitment to preventing violence against women, 

by offering much needed practical support to women and 

children rebuilding their lives.

The Give Registry is a twist on the traditional department 

store ‘gift’ registry. It is a list of essential items that can be 

bought and donated to victims of family violence at any Myer 

GLOBAL RECOGNITION FOR MYER AND THE  
GIVE REGISTRY

Finalists in:

 > 2017 World Retail Awards ‘Responsible Retailer of the Year’

 > 2017 World Department Store Forum Awards  

‘World’s Best Store Campaign by a Department Store’

 > 2017 Cannes Lion ‘Integrated Lion’ Award

store. Myer matches the total value of our customers’ product 

 > 2017 Ethical Corporation Responsible Business Awards 

donations, and distributes these items to The Salvation Army 

‘Best Engagement Campaign of the Year’

who in turn deliver them to women in need. 

Winner:

 > 2017 Clio Awards - Best Integrated Campaign  
and Best Brand Partnerships & Collaborations

In the first 12 months of the program, over 6,200 products were 

gifted to 371 women and their children across Australia. Items 

included bedding and bath, kitchen and dining, small electrics, 

intimate apparel and many other essential day-to-day items.

Over 6,000 customers have participated in the initiative, 

and together with the generous involvement of key suppliers 

Sheridan, LinenHouse, PVH Brands Australia, Maxwell & 

Williams, Breville and Bonds, we have raised a collective 

contribution of RRP $323,260 in cash and product in FY2017.

“These items to me represent ‘hope’. 
Having nothing to start with is quite 
overwhelming, especially having to start 
over again. Being a recipient of such 
generosity has humbled me greatly, and has 
given me encouragement in this next step”. 

Family violence survivor and Give Registry recipient

22  Myer Annual Report 2017

$3.1m

TOTAL CASH EQUIVALENT 
CONTRIBUTION TO CHARITY 
PARTNERS

$1.5m

MYER DIRECT TIME, 
CASH AND GOODS

$1.6m

FACILITATED FUNDRAISING 
FROM CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS 
AND TEAM MEMBERS

ENERGY AND EMISSIONS

Energy use and associated greenhouse gas emissions are a key 
environmental impact area for Myer. We work toward reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions from our own operations through 
implementation of our five year energy strategy, which aims to 
reduce the energy intensity of the business by 10 to 15 percent by 
FY2018. Our strategy includes behavioural change, control system 
and equipment efficiency measures. We manage and report on 
direct and indirect (scope 1 and 2) emissions in Australia where we 
have operational control. We review our program annually as part 
of the budget cycle.

In FY2017 we focused on identifying and rectifying control 
breakdowns and continuing our behavioural change activities. 
Myer’s total energy use for FY2017 was 631 GJ, or 146,606 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent greenhouse gas emissions. 
This represented a 7.3 percent reduction in energy use on the 
prior year. The energy intensity of our business further reduced by 
1.6 percent on FY2016, and by a total of 12.8 percent since FY2013. 
The benefits of investment in building management systems in the 
previous year also contributed to this result, along with targeted 
review and management of operating controls. 

WASTE AND RECYCLING

Packaging and waste disposal associated with our merchandise 
are significant potential environmental impact areas for Myer. 

We are a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant, 
which is a sustainable packaging initiative that encourages 
businesses to design more sustainable packaging in order to 
reduce manufacturing impacts on the environment and increase 
recycling rates, as well as to reduce packaging litter. We develop 
and implement an action plan to reduce our impacts, and report 
on progress annually. 

A full review and refresh of packaging for online customers was 
undertaken, resulting in a number of improvements that resulted 
in less packaging while enhancing the customer experience. We 
reduced the weight and volume of packaging, including a shift from 
bubble wrap to air pillows, bubbled to plain satchels, and removing 
the requirement for a second box by reducing carton sizes or 
replacing second box with film wrap. We have also been improving 
our Click & Collect service which reduces delivery wait times for 
the customer, as well as reducing packaging and transport impacts.

We have a comprehensive reuse and recycling system in place 
for our major waste streams including cardboard, clear flexible 
plastics, hangers, damaged and unsold stock, timber pallets, 
security tags and metals. 

In FY2017 we completed the roll out of an optimised recycling 
system, co-funded by the Australian Packaging Covenant. The 
project resulted in an in-store packaging recycling rate above 
80 percent, and we shared what we learnt through the project 

publicly with industry. We subsequently launched an internal 
waste and recycling leader board for store management as part of 
embedding the optimised system. 

Our total waste generation from day-to-day store activities fell 
significantly, driven primarily by the strong merchandise focus on 
range optimisation, and partly enabled by the optimised recycling 
system roll out. Significant construction and demolition waste 
offset most of this reduction, due to store closures and a major 
project to dispose of old fixturing. Overall we saw a total reduction 
in waste of two percent. 

PLASTIC BAGS

Myer shopping bags are made from low density polyethylene. 
They are strong, cost effective, and fit for the purpose of 
protecting and carrying customer purchases. They can be 
reused again and again, and once they are no longer fit for 
reuse, they can be recycled by dropping them off at any 
REDcycle collection point, www.redrecycle.net.au 

SUPPLY CHAIN AND ETHICAL SOURCING

Myer is committed to sourcing merchandise that is produced 
in safe and fair working conditions, where the human rights 
of workers are respected and impacts on the environment are 
minimised. This commitment is supported by our Ethical Sourcing 
Policy, and a framework which measures supplier adherence, 
identifies breaches and continuously improves the ethical 
performance of our supply chain. All merchandise suppliers 
must adhere to our Ethical Sourcing Policy, which is based on 
internationally accepted human rights and labour standards. 
Our policy specifically prohibits the use of forced, compulsory 
labour or child labour, and requires suppliers to respect the right 
to freedom of association and collective bargaining (and not 
hinder alternatives where those rights are restricted under local 
laws). It also requires suppliers not to engage in acts of bribery 
or corruption. 

Our Ethical Sourcing Framework for MEBs includes:

 > The inspection and assessment of proposed factories. 

Suppliers will not be utilised until the audit report is accepted

 > Factories are rated against a supplier risk profile, which includes 

a country risk ranking

 > Determining when suppliers will be audited and reviewed  

as per the ethical sourcing framework and audit cycle

 > Assessing the risk level of issues identified during audits

 > Implementing remedial action plans or withdrawal of supply 
for noncompliant suppliers, depending on the severity of 

the breach

23

Our audit program focuses on our supplier relationships and does 

not extend to the relationships of our suppliers (manufacturers) 

with their suppliers (mills/materials producers and farms), unless 

they are vertically integrated suppliers. 

The majority of our MEB merchandise is sourced from China 

through our dedicated global sourcing offices, Myer Sourcing Asia 

Limited, located in Hong Kong and Shanghai. We also source a small 

proportion from trusted importers located in Australia with whom 

we have long-standing relationships. More than 95 percent of MEB 

merchandise is sourced from the countries of China, India, Italy, 

Bangladesh and Vietnam.

Myer continues to work with our suppliers to improve their 

ethical sourcing procedures and ensure compliance with our 

Ethical Sourcing Policy. In FY2017 our focus areas included existing 

vendor re-certification as well as building stronger relationships 

and improving transparency with Myer’s Australian-based 

sourcing suppliers. 

In FY2017 we completed audit reviews of 189 suppliers (236 factory 

audits) within our MEB network. Our review identified no zero 

tolerance issues and 28 high risk issues, which primarily relate 

to excessive overtime hours and safety improvements required. 

Myer will continue to work with factories to address high risk 

issues identified. 

CODE OF CONDUCT 

PRODUCT RESPONSIBILITY

We take pride in the quality of our merchandise. We have 

extensive quality and compliance processes in place to ensure 

our merchandise is well made, safe to use and labelled with key 

consumer information. We review and update our compliance 

guidelines annually to ensure the latest in global and industry 

standards are adhered to. We have a dedicated quality assurance 

and compliance team and we train buyers in compliance 

requirements every quarter. We evaluate our performance through 

an internal audit program on our QA/QC processes, with the 

results, actions and recommendations informing our QA strategy. 

We track all customer complaints and sample development issues 

to provide an early warning system of quality and safety trends.

In FY2017 we introduced a formalised risk assessment methodology 

which provides a framework for assessing quality and safety issues. 

We increased our surveillance testing of apparel items and are 

testing earlier to better manage quality issues before they reach 

our stores. Our merchandise compliance is improving, with a 

15 percent reduction in our total number of withdrawals and 

recalls in FY2017. 

The products we sell have environmental impacts during use by 

our customers. Appliances and equipment such as whitegoods 

and TVs account for about one quarter of energy use in the 

average household, according to the most recent residential 

energy baseline study. In FY2017 we provided further training to 

Myer is committed to the highest levels of integrity and ethics in 

selling team members on how to assist customers to compare the 

our business operations and interactions with stakeholders. We 

financial and environmental impacts of different appliance models. 

implement this commitment through our Code of Conduct, team 

This enables customers to save money and reduce greenhouse gas 

member training and a whistle blower program. Team members are 

emissions, and also improves Australia’s energy productivity.

required to acknowledge acceptance of the Code of Conduct prior 

to commencing work. An annual refresher on Code of Conduct 

for salaried team members is undertaken. The Myer confidential 

whistle blower hotline service is also communicated to team 

members, contractors, and suppliers. 

SUSTAINABILITY PERFORMANCE AND TARGETS

Focus area

Key measure

Customer

Net Promoter Score

Team

Diversity and inclusion (% female senior managers)

Workplace safety (LTIFR)

Community Direct community contribution (% EBIT)

Environment Greenhouse gas emissions reduction (%)

Energy intensity (kJ/m2.opening hour)

Recycling rate (%)

Business

New suppliers agreed to Ethical Sourcing Policy (%)

Code of Conduct training  

(% of required team members trained)

FY15 

FY16 

FY17 

Performance

Performance
Performance
Achieved target Achieved target ● Target not met1

FY18  

Target

Improvement2

48

7.7

0.8

2.7

175.5

58

100

86.5

49 ●
6.0 ●
1.6 ●
5.9 ●
169.3 ●
60 ●
100 ●

51

5.8

1.4

7.7

166.6

57

100

87.0 ●
Increase ●

85.9

Maintain

≥50

<5.8

>0.5

≥1

≤166

≥56

100

≥80

-

Shrinkage

Minor increase

1 

2 

 The Net Promoter Score transitioned to a new measurement methodology in mid FY2017. 

● Improved/met target ● Did not reach target

 On a comparable stores basis.

Note: Previous FY targets are available in Myer’s Annual Reports on our Investor Centre website.

24  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Your directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited ABN 14 119 085 602 (the Company or 

Myer) and the entities it controlled (collectively referred to as the Group) at the end of, or during the financial period ended 29 July 2017.

1. DIRECTORS 

The following persons were directors of the Company during the financial period and/or up to the date of this Directors’ Report:

Director

Paul McClintock AO 

Richard Umbers

Anne Brennan

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn

Dave Whittle

JoAnne Stephenson

Position

Date appointed

Chairman from 10 October 2012  

8 August 2012

Independent non-executive director

CEO and Managing Director

2 March 2015

Independent non-executive director

16 September 2009

Independent non-executive director

6 February 2014

Independent non-executive director

9 December 2010

Independent non-executive director

6 February 2014

Independent non-executive director

30 November 2015

Independent non-executive director

28 November 2016

JoAnne Stephenson was appointed to the Board with effect from 28 November 2016. All other directors served as directors of the 

Company for the whole financial period and until the date of this Directors’ Report. 

Details of the qualifications, experience, and special responsibilities of each current director are as follows:

PAUL MCCLINTOCK AO
Chairman

RICHARD UMBERS
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

 > Independent non-executive director

 > Member of the Board since 2 March 2015

 > Member of the Board since 8 August 2012

 > Appointed Chairman 10 October 2012

 > Chairman – Nomination Committee

Richard was appointed CEO and Managing Director of Myer in 

March 2015. In his role, Richard is responsible for leading the 

organisation, and delivering a significant program of change and 

reinvigoration to ensure that Myer continues to be an exciting 

Paul has held significant chairman and advisory positions across 

destination for all of our customers. Richard joined Myer in 

a broad range of industries, as well as government. He is highly 

September 2014 as Chief Information and Supply Chain Officer, 

regarded for his wide and varied experience, including his role 

with responsibility for online strategy, financial services and MYER 

as the Secretary to Cabinet and Head of the Cabinet Policy Unit. 

one, as well as the logistics and IT functions. Prior to joining Myer, 

Paul’s former positions include chairman of Thales Australia, 

Richard was Executive General Manager for Parcel and Express 

Medibank Private Limited, the COAG Reform Council, the Expert 

Services at Australia Post, and also held the position of CEO for 

Panel of the Low Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund, Intoll 

StarTrack. Richard also had responsibility for the enterprise-

Management Limited, Symbion Health, Affinity Health, Ashton 

wide eCommerce program, a major change initiative designed 

Mining, Plutonic Resources, and the Woolcock Institute of Medical 

to position Australia Post to take advantage of the boom in 

Research. He was also a director of the Australian Strategic Policy 

online shopping.

Institute and Perpetual Limited, a Commissioner of the Health 

Insurance Commission, and a member of the Australia-Malaysia 

Institute Executive Committee. Paul graduated in Arts and Law 

from the University of Sydney and is an honorary fellow of the 

Faculty of Medicine of the University of Sydney and a Life Governor 

of the Woolcock Institute of Medical Research. Paul resides in 

New South Wales.

Other current directorships

Paul is chairman of NSW Ports, I-MED Australia and 

Broadspectrum, a subsidiary of Ferrovial Services. He is also 
a director of St Vincent’s Health Australia, O’Connell Street 

Associates and The George Institute for Global Health.

Richard has previously held a range of senior and general 

management positions in fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) 

retailing with roles at Woolworths in Australia and New Zealand, 

and Aldi in Europe.

Richard has a Master of Science degree in Finance from the 

University of Leicester (UK), and a Bachelor of Science with 

honours in Geology and Geography from The University of Exeter 

(UK). He is also a graduate of the Australian Institute of Company 

Directors. Richard resides in Victoria.

25

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

ANNE BRENNAN
Independent non-executive director

CHRIS FROGGATT
Independent non-executive director

 > Member of the Board since 16 September 2009

 > Member of the Board since 9 December 2010

 > Chairman – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

 > Chairman – Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

 > Member – Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

 > Member – Nomination Committee

 > Member – Nomination Committee

Anne brings strong financial credentials and business acumen to 

Myer, including her experience from senior management roles 

in both large corporate organisations and professional services 

firms. Anne has more than 20 years’ experience in audit, corporate 

finance, and transaction services including executive roles as the 

Chief Financial Officer (CFO) at CSR, and Finance Director at the 

Coates Group. Prior to her executive roles, Anne was a partner 

in three professional services firms: KPMG, Arthur Andersen, 

and Ernst & Young. During her time at Ernst & Young, Anne was 

a member of the national executive team and a board member.

Anne holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) degree from 

University College Galway. She is a Fellow of the Chartered 

Accountants Australia and New Zealand and a Fellow of the 

Australian Institute of Company Directors. Anne resides in 

New South Wales.

Other current directorships

Anne is a director of Argo Investments Limited, Charter Hall 

Group, Nufarm Limited and Rabobank Limited (Australia and 

New Zealand), as well as O’Connell Street Associates.

Chris has a broad industry background, including experience 

in consumer branded products, retailing, and hospitality across 

numerous industries such as beverages, food, and confectionery. 

She has more than 20 years’ executive experience as a human 

resources specialist in leading international companies including 

Brambles Industries, Whitbread Group, Mars, Diageo, and 

Unilever NV.

Chris has served on the boards of Britvic, Sports Direct 

International, and Goodman Fielder Limited; as well as being 

a director of the Australian Chamber Orchestra and the 

Australian Chamber Orchestra Instrument Fund, and as an 

independent trustee director of Berkeley Square Pension 

Trustee Company Limited.

Chris holds a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) in English Literature from 

the University of Leeds (United Kingdom). Chris is a Fellow of the 

Chartered Institute of Personnel Development, and a member 

of the Australian Institute of Company Directors. Chris resides 

in New South Wales.

BOB THORN
Independent non-executive director

IAN CORNELL
Independent non-executive director

 > Member of the Board since 6 February 2014

 > Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

 > Member of the Board since 6 February 2014

 > Member – Human Resources and Remuneration Committee

Bob brings considerable general business and senior retail 

management experience to Myer from 13 years at Super Retail 

Group; nine of those years in the role of Managing Director. During 

Ian has extensive experience in the retail industry across a number 

his time at the company, Bob drove Australia and New Zealand 

of senior retail roles, including 11 years at Westfield. During his 

expansions and led the creation of the Boating Camping Fishing 

time at Westfield, Ian was Head of Human Resources for seven 

(BCF) business, the market leader in camping and leisure.

Prior to Bob’s 13 years with Super Retail Group, he was previously 

General Manager at Lincraft, and held senior roles at other major 

retailers including nine years with David Jones. Bob has also been 

the chairman of Cutting Edge. He was also a director at WOW 

Sight and Sound, MotorCycle Holdings Limited, Babies Galore, 

and Unity Water.

Bob is a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

years and also responsible for retailing relationships in Australia 

and New Zealand. He also spent three years as the Head of 

Management and Marketing for Westfield’s shopping centres in 

Australia and New Zealand and has extensive experience in large 

scale retail operations and responding to changing consumer 

trends. Prior to joining Westfield, Ian was chairman and CEO 

of supermarket chain, Franklins, and earlier spent 22 years 

at Woolworths, including his role as Chief General Manager 

Supermarkets. Ian has previously been a director of Goodman 

Fielder Limited. Ian is also a Fellow of the Institute of Management, 

a Fellow of the Human Resources Institute, a member of the 

Institute of Company Directors, and a graduate of the Advanced 

Management Programme at Harvard. Ian resides in New South Wales.

Other current directorships

Ian is the non-executive chairman of Baby Bunting Group Ltd and 

a non-executive director of Inglis Bloodstock, as well as of the PKD 

Foundation of Australia, a charitable foundation raising funds for 
medical research into kidney disease.

26  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

DAVE WHITTLE
Independent non-executive director

JOANNE STEPHENSON
Independent non-executive director

 > Member of the Board since 30 November 2015

 > Member of the Board since 28 November 2016

 > Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

 > Member – Audit, Finance and Risk Committee

Dave has considerable brand, marketing, data, technology, 

JoAnne has extensive experience spanning over 25 years across a 

online retail and digital transformation experience.

range of industries. JoAnne was previously a senior client partner 

For three years Dave has been the CEO of Lexer, an innovative 

provider of data, software and advice, helping enterprise 

companies genuinely understand and engage their customers. 

Previously, Dave spent 10 years with global advertising group M&C 

Saatchi in a number of local and international leadership roles, 

culminating in three years as Managing Director in Australia. 

Prior to joining M&C Saatchi, Dave was the first employee of 

in the Advisory division at KPMG and has key strengths in finance, 

accounting, risk management and governance. JoAnne holds a 

Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws (Honours) from 

The University of Queensland. She is also a member of both the 

Australian Institute of Company Directors and the Chartered 

Accountants Australia and New Zealand. JoAnne resides 

in Victoria.

a marketing services group that built four digital service and 

Other current directorships

software businesses.

Dave has a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Commerce 

from Deakin University. Dave resides in New South Wales. 

Other current directorships

Dave is an executive director of Lexer Pty Ltd and a  

non-executive director of the Melbourne Festival and 
the GWS GIANTS Foundation. 

2. DIRECTORSHIPS OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES

JoAnne is also an Independent Non-Executive Director of 

Challenger Limited, Asaleo Care Limited and Japara Healthcare 

Limited. She is also Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 

of the Department of Health and Human Services (Victoria), 

the Victorian Major Transport Infrastructure Board and the 

Melbourne Chamber Orchestra.

The following table shows, for each person who served as a director during the financial period and/or up to the date of this Directors’ 

Report, all directorships of companies that were listed on the ASX, other than the Company, since 27 July 2014, and the period during 

which each directorship has been held.

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Richard Umbers

Anne Brennan

Listed entity

-

-

Charter Hall Group  

Nufarm Limited  

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn

Dave Whittle 

JoAnne Stephenson

Argo Investments Limited  

Echo Entertainment Group Limited  

(now The Star Entertainment Group Limited)

Goodman Fielder Limited 

Baby Bunting Group Limited

Goodman Fielder Limited

MotorCycle Holdings Limited 

PWR Holdings Limited

-

Challenger Limited   
Asaleo Care Limited 
Japara Healthcare Limited

* Mr Thorn ceased to be a director of PWR Holdings Limited on 3 March 2017.

Period directorship held

-

-

October 2010 – present  

February 2011 – present  

September 2011 – present  

March 2012 – October 2014

February 2014 – March 2015 

January 2015 – present

August 2009 – March 2015

March 2016 – July 2016  

August 2015 – March 2017*

-

October 2012 – present 

May 2014 – present 

September 2015 – present

27

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

3. MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES

The number of meetings of the Board and of each Board Committee held during the period ended 29 July 2017 are set out below. 

All directors are invited to attend Board Committee meetings. Most Board Committee meetings are attended by all directors; however, 

only attendance by directors who are members of the relevant Board Committee is shown in the table below.

Director

of directors**

and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee Nomination Committee

Meetings 

Audit, Finance  

Human Resources and 

Meetings 

Attended

Meetings 

Attended

Meetings 

Attended

Meetings 

Attended

Held*

Held*

Held*

Held*

Paul McClintock AO

Richard Umbers

Anne Brennan

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn

Dave Whittle

JoAnne Stephenson

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

7

11

11

11

11

11

10

11

6

-

-

4

-

-

4

4

2

-

-

4

-

-

3

4

2

-

-

5

5

5

-

-

-

-

-

5

5

5

-

-

-

*  Number of meetings held during the time the director held office or was a member of the Committee during the year.

**  Teleconferences outside of scheduled Board meetings have not been included in the table above.

4. DIRECTORS’ RELEVANT INTERESTS IN SHARES 

7

-

7

-

7

-

-

-

7

-

7

-

7

-

-

-

The following table sets out the relevant interests that each director has in the Company’s ordinary shares or other securities as at the 

date of this Directors’ Report. No director has a relevant interest in a related body corporate of the Company.

Director

Paul McClintock AO

Richard Umbers

Anne Brennan

Ian Cornell

Chris Froggatt

Bob Thorn

Dave Whittle

JoAnne Stephenson

Ordinary Shares

CEO Restricted Shares

Performance Rights

258,400

212,230

75,122

16,000

24,056

225,400

12,345

Nil

Nil

114,617

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

2,316,322

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

5. COMPANY SECRETARY AND OTHER OFFICERS

Richard Amos was appointed as Company Secretary of the Company on 6 July 2015, as well as being appointed as Chief General Counsel 

of the Group.

Myer’s Chief Financial Officer is Grant Devonport. 

Details of their experience and background is set out in the Management Team section of Myer’s Investor Centre website. 

6. PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

During the financial period, the principal activity of the Group was the operation of the Myer department store business.

28  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

7. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS FOR 52 WEEKS ENDED 29 JULY 20171

 > Sales down 1.4% to $3,201.9 million, down 0.2% on a comparable store basis

 > Sales / m2 up 3.7% compared to the FY2015 base year

 > Q4 sales down 1.5%, down 0.2% on a comparable store basis

 > Operating gross profit (OGP) of $1,220.4 million, with OGP margin 58 basis points below last year

 > Cost of doing business (CODB) down $31.4 million to $1,019.8 million with CODB margin improved by 54 basis points to 31.85% 

 > FY2017 Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) (pre implementation costs and individually significant items) of $67.9 million (FY2016: $69.4 million)

 > Statutory NPAT of $11.9 million post implementation costs of $13.9 million and individually significant items of $42.1 million (post-tax)

 > Operating cash flow improved by $1 million to $187 million

 > Final dividend of 2.0 cents per share, fully franked, to be paid on 9 November 2017 (Record Date is 28 September 2017)

For the 12 month period total sales were down by 1.4% to $3,201.9 million, down 0.2% on a comparable stores basis. The closure of three 

stores and space hand backs in two stores impacted the sales result but this was in part offset by continued strong growth in our online 

business. Sales in the fourth quarter were down 1.5% and down 0.2% on a comparable stores basis.

Operating gross profit was $1,220.4 million, with margin down 58 basis points to 38.12% broadly reflecting the higher concession mix. 

We continue to invest to drive an improved performance of our Myer Exclusive Brands (MEBs) with upgraded installations and a dedicated 

brand service model which has delivered encouraging results. Our focus on reducing the dependency on markdowns to drive sales, 

favourably impacted the operating gross profit result. 

During the period, we continued to improve productivity and efficiency by simplifying the operating model both within stores and the 

support office. The cost of doing business margin reduced by a further 54 basis points to 31.85%. 

Net finance costs reduced by $3.5 million to $10.8 million largely as a result of lower average net debt. 

On 20 July 2017, Myer announced the decision to write-down the full carrying value of Myer’s 20% stake in Austradia of $6.8 million after 

the business was placed into administration and unsuccessful negotiations to retain the brands as concessions in Myer on commercially 

acceptable terms. 

As previously outlined in 1H 2017 and Q3 2017 sales results, the performance of sass & bide has been below expectations during the 

period with sales in FY2017 $10.9 million below last year. While every effort is being made to improve the performance of the business, 

the Company has recognised an impairment charge of $38.8 million against the carrying value of the business. 

The write-off of the Austradia investment and the impairment of sass & bide are non-cash individually significant items that have been 

taken in the FY2017 results.

NPAT pre implementation costs associated with New Myer and other individually significant items was $67.9 million. Implementation costs 

associated with New Myer were $20 million (pre-tax) relating mainly to space optimisation, asset impairments and redundancy costs.

Net operating cash flows improved by $1 million to $187 million as a result of improved inventory and working capital. Inventory was 

$24 million below last year at $372 million compared to the end of FY2016 representing a reduction in forward cover of more than 

one week. 

Capital expenditure in FY2017 was $97 million reflecting expenditure across the key strategic priorities. 

1  FY2016 results are on a 52-week basis for comparison purposes

29

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE 52 WEEKS TO 29 JULY 2017

FY2017 

FY2016** 

Change  

Change  

Total Sales Value

Concessions 

Myer Exclusive Brands

National Brands and other

Operating Gross Profit

Operating Gross Profit margin

Cost of Doing Business

Cost of Doing Business/Sales

Share of Associates

Dilution of Investment in Associate

EBITDA*

EBITDA margin*

Depreciation and amortisation

EBIT*

EBIT margin*

Net Finance Costs

Net Profit Before Tax*

Tax*

Net Profit After Tax (NPAT)  

(pre implementation costs and individually significant items)

Implementation costs and individually significant Items (post tax)

NPAT (post implementation costs and individually significant items)

*  Excluding implementation costs associated with New Myer and individually significant items. 

**  FY2016 results are on a 52-week basis for comparison purposes.

BALANCE SHEET AS AT 29 JULY 2017

Inventory

Other Assets

Less Creditors

Less Other Liabilities

Property

Fixed Assets

Intangibles

Total Funds Employed

Comprising of:

Debt

Less Cash

Net Debt

Equity

30  Myer Annual Report 2017

52 weeks 

52 weeks 

$m

$m

3,201.9

3,245.9

701.7

546.8

600.0

610.5

1,953.4

2,035.4

1,220.4

38.12%

(1,019.8)

31.85%

(1.2)

(1.3)

198.1

6.19%

(91.5)

106.6

3.33%

(10.8)

95.8

(27.9)

67.9

(56.0)

11.9

1,256.0

38.70%

(1,051.2)

32.39%

(0.6)

-

204.2

6.29%

(90.8)

113.4

3.49%

(14.3)

99.1

(29.7)

69.4

(8.8)

60.6

vs. LY 

($m)

(44.0)

+101.7

(63.7)

(82.0)

(35.6)

+31.4

(0.6)

(1.3)

(6.1)

(0.7)

(6.8)

+3.5

(3.3)

+1.8

vs. LY  

(%)

(1.4%)

+17.0%

(10.4%)

(4.0%)

(2.8%)

(58bps)

+3.0%

+54bps

(3.0%)

(10bps)

(0.8%)

(6.0%)

(16bps)

+24.5%

(3.3%)

+6.1%

(1.5)

(2.2%)

(47.2)

(48.7)

(80.4%)

2017 

$m

372

30

(380)

(282)

24

436

986

1,186

143

(30)

113

1,073

1,186

2016 

$m

396

50

(400)

(301)

24

421

1,020

1,210

147

(45)

102

1,108

1,210

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

CASH FLOW FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 29 JULY 2017

EBITDA*

Working capital movement 

Operating cash flow

Conversion

Capex paid / acquisitions**

Free cash flow

Tax

Interest

Dividends

Share Rights issue proceeds

Net cash flow

FY2017 

FY2016 

$m

183

4

187

102%

(110)

77

(28)

(10)

(49)

0

(10)

$m

196

(10)

186

95%

(59)

127

(20)

(16)

(16)

212

287

* 

 EBITDA includes implementation costs and individually significant items, with the exception of non-cash impairments and write-downs (store and support 
office assets, sass and bide, and Austradia)

**   Net of Landlord contributions

OTHER STATISTICS AND FINANCIAL RATIOS

Return on Total Funds Employed(1)

Gearing

Net Debt/EBITDA(1)

(1)  Calculated on a rolling 12 months basis

SHARES AND DIVIDENDS

Shares on Issue

Basic EPS(2)

Dividend per share

FY2017

FY2016

8.9%

9.5%

0.6x

9.1%

8.4%

0.5x

FY2017

FY2016

821.3 million 821.3 million

8.3 cents

5.0 cents

8.8 cents

5.0 cents

(2)   Calculated on weighted average number of shares of 821.3 million (FY2016: 786.8 million) and based on NPAT pre implementation costs and individually 

significant items

PROGRESS ON NEW MYER TARGET METRICS

New Myer target metrics

FY2017(3)

Target average sales growth greater than 3% between 2016 – 2020

Average sales growth from July 2015 up 0.1% 

Target greater than 20% improvement in sales per square metre by 2020

Sales per square metre increased by 3.7% to $4,055 / m2

Target EBITDA growth ahead of sales growth by 2017

EBITDA down by 3.0%  

Sales down 1.4%

Target Return on funds employed (ROFE) greater than 15% by 2020

ROFE 8.9% 

(3)  FY2016 results are on a 52-week basis for comparison purposes. 

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The Company’s results are reported under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting 

Standards Board. The Company discloses certain non-IFRS measures in this Directors’ Report, which can be reconciled to the Financial 

Statements as follows:

Income Statement reconciliation

$ millions

Statutory reported result 

Add back: Implementation Costs and Individually Significant Items

Restructuring and redundancy costs

Store exit costs and other asset impairments

Support office onerous lease expense and impairment of assets

Underlying result

EBIT

41.0

6.3

48.1

11.2

106.6

TAX

(18.3)

(1.9)

(4.3)

(3.4)

(27.9)

NPAT

11.9

4.4

43.8

7.8

67.9

31

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

FY2017 OPERATIONS

The New Myer strategy is a five-year transformation agenda 

launched in September 2015. Myer has made significant progress to 

deliver New Myer which has assisted the Company to withstand the 

challenging retail trading conditions characterised by heightened 

competition, subdued consumer sentiment and discount fatigue.

This result demonstrates that Myer has become a leaner, more 

productive and efficient retailer, better placed to compete in a 

rapidly changing environment.

During FY2017 Myer made substantial progress across all aspects 

of our strategy. This included:

 > Daniel Bracken stepped down from his roles as Chief 

Merchandise and Customer Officer and Deputy CEO in 

July 2017. Gary Williams stepped down from his role as 

Chief Transformation Officer in December 2016. 

 > Karen Brewster was appointed Executive General Manager 
Merchandise Buying and Damian Walton was appointed 

Executive General Manager Merchandise Planning in July 

2017. Peter Mitchley-Hughes was appointed Head of Business 

Transformation in January 2017. Details of Myer’s executives are 

set out in the Executive Management Team section of Myer’s 

Investor Centre website.

 > In July 2017 Myer recognised an impairment charge 
of $38.8 million against the carrying value of the 

 > Standout performance in our omni-channel and online business 

sass & bide business. 

with online sales up 41.1%;

 > Reduced store footprint resulting from store closures at 
Wollongong, Brookside and Orange, space handbacks at 

Cairns and Dubbo and at our Richlands Distribution Centre 

in Queensland;

 > In May 2017 voluntary administrators were appointed to the 
assets and undertakings of Austradia Pty Ltd (Austradia), the 

Australian rights holder of the TOPSHOP TOPMAN brands. Myer 

held a 20% interest in Austradia at the time of the appointment. 

As previously outlined, Myer has written down the full carrying 

 > Handed back over 30% of our support office floorspace;

value of its stake in Austradia of $6.8 million. 

 > Launched cafes, pop up shops and an ice rink in our 

 > In April 2017 Myer executed an asset sale deed with the 

Sydney store; 

 > Partnered with Katy Perry in an innovative marketing campaign; 

 > Introduced a dedicated clearance floor at our Frankston store; 

 > Rolled out new and upgraded brand destinations as well as 

73 upgraded Myer Exclusive Brands (MEB) master brand fitouts 

and dedicated service models for Basque, Piper and BLAQ; and

 > Introduced new wanted brands including Forever New, Roxy, 

Quicksilver, Darren Palmer Home and 2XU.

To respond to the external environment we are rapidly evolving 

our strategy to shift emphasis in order to adapt to the changing 

operating environment. We will elevate as priorities:

Administrators of Webster Holdings to acquire the brands, 

intellectual property, fixed assets and inventory of Marcs and 

David Lawrence. 

 > In May 2017 we announced the hand back of approximately 50% 

of the space at the Richlands Distribution Centre in Queensland. 

 > In March 2017 we announced the hand back of over 30% of the 

floor space at our Support Office at 800 Collins Street. 

 > The Myer Wollongong store was exited in October 2016 and the 
Myer Brookside and Orange stores were exited in February 2017.

9. BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS 

We remain committed to the execution of the New Myer strategy 

 > investment in our omni-channel business and continuing 

in FY2018. In order to respond to persistent challenging conditions 

to drive omni-channel sales; and

we are rapidly evolving our strategy. 

 > our commitment to increase productivity and efficiency 

to ensure the resilience of our business. 

In addition to these achievements, sections 8 and 9 provide an 

outline of Myer’s developments and prospects. These should 

be read in conjunction with section 10, which describes factors 

which could impact Myer’s results. 

8. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE 
OF AFFAIRS IN FY2017

In addition to those matters described in section 7 above, the 

following significant changes occurred during FY2017:

 > A new director, JoAnne Stephenson was appointed to the Board 
of Myer Holdings Limited in November 2016. Her background, 

In FY2018 we will elevate as priorities investment in our omni-

business and the pursuit of a leaner, more productive and efficient 

Myer. This will help us to withstand heightened competition. 

We will increase our emphasis on digital throughout the business. 

This will leverage the already strong growth in our omni-channel 

business and will enable us to build on our use of data to enable 

improvements in personalised and relevant marketing. 

We remain focused on a more innovative and experiential retail 

offer including services, food and new clearance floors, building 

on our achievements in FY2017. 

During FY2018 we will continue our wanted brands strategy, 

further rolling out brands such as Forever New, Quiksilver and 

Darren Palmer Home, as well as further developing our master 

experience and particular skills that she brings to the Board 

brand offering. 

are set out on page 27.

32  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

The Company has strong foundations from which to build and 

A significant event or issue could attract strong criticism of the 

we look forward to continuing to shift the business towards a 

Myer brand, which could impact sales or our share price. Myer has 

more effective, innovative and experiential retail model, which 

a range of policies and initiatives to mitigate brand risk, including 

is engaging and relevant to our customers. 

a Code of Conduct, a Whistleblower Policy, an Ethical Sourcing 

10. KEY RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Policy, marketing campaigns, and ongoing environmental and 

sustainability initiatives.

The Group’s strategies take into account the expected operating 

PEOPLE MANAGEMENT RISKS

and retail market conditions, together with general economic 

conditions, which are inherently uncertain.

Safety is a high priority at Myer to ensure the wellbeing of all of 

our team members, customers, and suppliers. Failure to manage 

The Group has structured proactive risk management framework 

health and safety risks could have a negative effect on Myer’s 

and internal control systems in place to manage material risks. The 

reputation and performance. We conduct regular detailed risk 

key risks and uncertainties that may have an effect on the Group’s 

assessments at each store, distribution centre, and at our support 

ability to execute its business strategies and the Group’s future 

office, as well as regular education sessions.

growth prospects and how the Group manages these risks are set 

out below.

EXTERNAL RISKS

Macro-economic factors such as the fluctuation of the Australian 

dollar and interest rates; poor consumer confidence; changes 

in government policies; external, natural or unforeseen events, 

such as an act of terrorism or national strike; and weakness in the 

Myer needs to attract and retain talented senior managers to 

ensure that our leadership team has the right skills and experience 

to deliver our strategy. Failure to do so may adversely affect Myer’s 

reputation, performance, and growth. During the year, we made 

a number of new appointments to our Executive Management 

Group, and we provided our team members with access to training 

and development to further develop their skills.

global economy could adversely impact the Company’s ability to 

STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS PLAN RISKS

achieve sales growth. Myer regularly analyses and uses economic 

and available data to help mitigate the future impact on sales, and 

has also implemented conservative hedging, capital management, 

and marketing and merchandise initiatives to combat the cyclical 

nature of the business.

COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE RISKS

The Australian retail industry in which Myer operates remains 

highly competitive. The Company’s competitive position may 

be negatively impacted by new entrants to the market, existing 

competitors, changes to consumer demographics and increased 

online competition, which could impact sales. To mitigate these 

risks, Myer continues to implement our new strategy which is 

guided by our detailed customer insights and a focus on providing 

a customer led offer, wonderful experiences, and omni-channel 

shopping. Myer also continues to select optimal merchandise 

A failure to deliver our strategic plan could impact sales, share 

price, and our reputation. Our strategic plan is guided by our 

detailed external and internal customer insights and is being 

implemented through three phases – mobilising the business for 

transformation; resetting the business; and delivering New Myer.

REGULATORY RISKS

From time to time, Myer may be subject to regulatory investigations 

and disputes, including by the Australian Taxation Office (ATO), 

Federal or State regulatory bodies including the Australian 

Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC), the Australian 

Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), and the Australian 

Securities Exchange (ASX). The outcome of any such investigations 

or disputes may have a material adverse effect on Myer’s operating 

and financial performance.

assortment with the right categories and brands.

LITIGATION

TECHNOLOGY RISKS, INCLUDING CYBER SECURITY

With Myer’s increasing reliance on technology in a rapidly changing 

digital environment, there is a risk that the malfunction of IT 

systems, outdated IT infrastructure, or a cyber-security violation 

could have a detrimental effect on our sales, business efficiencies, 

and brand reputation. To offset these risks, Myer continues to 

invest and develop our in-house technology capabilities and 

engage with reputable third-party IT service providers to ensure 

that we have reliable IT systems and issue management processes 

in place.

On 25 March 2015, legal proceedings were served against Myer by 

a shareholder, Melbourne City Investments Pty Ltd (MCI), seeking 

to bring a group action for itself and on behalf of a defined (but 

unnamed) group of shareholders in the Supreme Court of Victoria. 

The writ was filed on behalf of MCI by Portfolio Law Pty Ltd. MCI 

alleges loss and damage said to have resulted from a statement 

made in the context of Myer’s full year FY2014 results. In December 

2016 the Supreme Court of Victoria held that these proceedings 

were an abuse of process and ordered they be permanently 

stayed. In July 2017 the Court of Appeal unanimously refused MCI’s 

appeal from the Supreme Court’s decision. This means that MCI 

BRAND REPUTATION RISKS

may not continue the proceeding against Myer.

Myer’s strong brand reputation is crucial for building positive 

On 23 December 2016 legal proceedings were served against Myer 

relationships with customers, suppliers and contractors which 

by Perpetual Limited and Bridgehead Pty Ltd, the landlords of the 

in turn generates sales and goodwill towards the Company. 

Myer Chadstone store. The landlords allege that there was a mutual 

33

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

mistake in the drafting of the variable outgoings provisions in the 

The Board has determined a final dividend of 2.0 cents 

lease for the Myer Chadstone store or that those provisions have 

per share to be paid on 9 November 2017 (with a Record 

been misinterpreted. The landlords seek, among other things, 

Date of 28 September 2017).

rectification of the lease and payment of alleged unpaid outgoings 

in respect of the period FY00/01 to FY15/16 in the aggregate 

amount of $19.14 million plus GST, as well as interest and costs. 

Myer believes that the claim has no proper basis, denies any 

liability under it and will vigorously defend it. 

On 30 December 2016 proceedings were served against Myer by 

a former shareholder, TPT Patrol Pty Ltd as trustee for the Amies 

Superannuation Fund (TPT Patrol), bringing a group action for itself 

and on behalf of a defined (but unnamed) group of shareholders 

(being the same group as in the MCI proceeding referred to 

above) in the Federal Court. As with the MCI proceeding, these 

proceedings were filed on behalf of TPT Patrol by Portfolio Law 

Pty Ltd. TPT Patrol alleges loss and damage said to have resulted 

from statements made in the context of Myer’s full year FY2014 

results. The claim is, in substance, identical to the claim in the 

This takes the FY2017 dividend to 5.0 cents per share.

Further information regarding dividends is set out in the Financial 

Statements (at note F3).

13. PERFORMANCE RIGHTS GRANTED OVER 
UNISSUED SHARES 

The Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) operates for selected 

senior executives and has been in operation since December 

2006. Under the LTIP, the Company has granted eligible executives 

performance rights over unissued ordinary shares of the Company, 

subject to certain vesting conditions. Shares delivered to senior 

executives as a result of the vesting of performance rights can 

be either issued as new shares or purchased on market.

MCI proceeding. Myer believes the TPT Patrol claim has no proper 

basis, denies any liability under it and will vigorously defend it.

Each performance right entitles the holder to acquire one ordinary 

fully paid share in the Company (subject to the adjustments 

Given the above, no provisions have been recognised at 29 July 

2017 in respect of the MCI, Chadstone or TPT Patrol disputes.

11. MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END 
OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 

Anne Brennan has notified the Board that she does not intend to 

seek re-election as a director of the Board at this year’s AGM.*

On 14 September 2017 it was announced that Myer will not be 

renewing the leases at Colonnades, Belconnen and Hornsby.

outlined below). 

Since 2011, only performance rights were granted under 

the LTIP. During the financial year, the Company granted 

808,443 performance rights to the CEO under the FY2017 LTIP 

(CEO Offer); and 3,791,811 performance rights were granted to 

other selected senior executives under the LTIP (LTIP Offer); 

totalling 4,600,254 performance rights granted.

The performance rights granted under each offer are subject 

to different performance conditions.

No performance rights have been granted since the end of the 

In September 2017 the Company rolled out its clearance floors 

financial year ended 29 July 2017.

across seven more stores in addition to Frankston and a dedicated 

presence online at myer.com.au. 

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since the end of the 

financial year which has not been dealt with in this Directors’ 

Report or the Financial Report, and which has significantly 

affected, or may significantly affect:

(a) the Group’s operations in future financial years;

(b) the results of those operations in future financial years; or

(c) the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

12. DIVIDENDS

Myer paid a final dividend of 3.0 cents per share for the full year 

FY2016 on 10 November 2016 (with a Record Date of 29 September 

2016), totalling $24.6 million.

Myer paid an interim dividend of 3.0 cents per share, fully franked, 

on 4 May 2017 (with a Record Date of 27 March 2017), totalling 

$24.6 million.

A prior grant of 226,833 performance rights to senior executives 

made on 27 November 2013 expired on 31 October 2016.

On 15 December 2016, a total of 28,355 performance rights granted 

under the LTIP in FY2014 vested, and 28,355 fully paid ordinary 

shares in the Company were issued to participants.

The table below sets out the details of performance rights that 

have been granted under the LTIP Offer and the CEO Offer and 

which remain on issue as at the date of this Directors’ Report.

A holder of a performance right may only participate in new issues 

of securities of the Company if the performance right has been 

exercised, participation is permitted by its terms, and the shares 

in respect of the performance rights have been allocated and 

transferred to the performance right holder before the Record 

Date for determining entitlements to the new issue.

Further information about performance rights issued under 

the LTIP (including the performance conditions attached to 

the performance rights granted under the LTIP Offer, and the 

performance rights granted to the Key Management Personal 

of the Company) is included in the Remuneration Report.

*  On 19 September 2017 it was announced that Garry Hounsell would join Myer as a non-executive Director and Deputy Chairman. On 11 October 2017 it was 
announced that Paul McClintock AO would retire at Myer’s 2017 AGM and that Garry Hounsell would become Chairman of the Company effective from the 
end of the AGM. On 17 October 2017 it was announced that Julie Ann Morrison would join Myer as a non-executive Director.

34  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

Date performance rights granted

15 December 2014  

(grant to CEO under the CEO Offer which is retained on departure)

15 December 2014 (grant senior executives under the LTIP offer))

5 January 2016 (grant to CEO under the CEO Offer)

5 January 2016 (grant to senior executives under the LTIP Offer)

22 December 2016 (grant to CEO under the CEO Offer)

22 December 2016 (grant to senior executives under the LTIP offer)

Closing balance

Number of 

performance 

rights remaining 

Expiry date

Issue price

on issue*

31-Oct-17

31-Oct-17

31-Oct-20

31-Oct-20

31-Oct-19

31-Oct-19

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

568,749

1,282,165

939,130

3,268,471

808,443

3,663,808

10,530,766

*  Each performance right entitles the holder to receive one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance 
outcomes. The number of performance rights that a holder is entitled to receive on the exercise of a performance right may also be adjusted in a manner 
consistent with the ASX Listing Rules if there is a pro-rata issue of shares or a reconstruction of the capital of the Company.

14. SHARES ISSUED UPON VESTING OF 
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 

Consistent with (and in addition to) the provisions in the 

Company’s Constitution outlined above, the Company has also 

entered into deeds of access, indemnity and insurance with all 

From time to time, the Company issues fully paid ordinary shares in 

directors of the Company which provide indemnities against losses 

the Company to the Myer Equity Plans Trust (Trust) for the purpose 

incurred in their role as directors, subject to certain exclusions, 

of meeting anticipated exercises of securities granted under the 

including to the extent that such indemnity is prohibited by the 

LTIP. To calculate the issue price of shares issued to the Trust, the 

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) or any other applicable law. The deeds 

Company uses the five-day volume weighted average price of the 

stipulate that the Company will meet the full amount of any such 

Company’s shares as at the close of trading on the date of issue.

liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal fees).

During the period ended 29 July 2017, 150,000 fully paid ordinary 

During the financial year, the Company paid insurance premiums 

shares were purchased on market by the Trust and 28,355 shares 

for a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance contract that 

were transferred from the Trust for performance rights issued 

provides cover for the current and former directors, alternate 

under the LTIP in 2014 (vested 15 December 2016) and 114,617 

directors, secretaries, executive officers and officers of the 

shares were transferred from the Trust under the short term 

Company and its subsidiaries. The directors have not included 

incentive plan. Since 29 July 2017, no shares have been issued to or 

details of the nature of the liabilities covered in this contract or 

otherwise acquired by the Trust, and no fully paid ordinary shares 

the amount of the premium paid, as disclosure is prohibited under 

of the Company held by the Trust were transferred to participants 

the terms of the contract.

in the LTIP.

15. REMUNERATION REPORT

The Group’s auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). No 

payment has been made to indemnify PwC during or since the 

financial year end. No premium has been paid by the Group in 

The Remuneration Report, which forms part of this Directors’ 

respect of any insurance for PwC. No officers of the Group were 

Report, is presented separately from page 38.

partners or directors of PwC whilst PwC conducted audits of 

16. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS, 
OFFICERS AND AUDITORS 

17. PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY 

the Group.

The Company’s Constitution requires the Company to indemnify 

No person has applied to the court under section 237 of the 

current and former directors, alternate directors, executive 

officers and officers of the Company on a full indemnity basis 

and to the full extent permitted by the law against all liabilities 

Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf 

of the Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the 

Company is a party, for the purpose of taking responsibility on 

incurred as an officer of the Group, except to the extent covered 

behalf of the Company for all or part of those proceedings.

by insurance. Further, the Company’s Constitution permits the 

Company to maintain and pay insurance premiums for director 

and officer liability insurance, to the extent permitted by law. 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of 

the Company with the leave of the court under section 237 of the 

Corporations Act 2001.

35

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

Continued

18. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION 

20. AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 

The Group is subject to and has complied with the reporting and 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required 

compliance requirements of the National Greenhouse and Energy 

under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is attached to this 

Reporting Act 2007 (Cth) (NGER Act). 

Directors’ Report.

The NGER Act requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse 

21. ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS 

gas emissions and energy use. The Group has implemented 

systems and processes for the collection and calculation of 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 

the data required. In compliance with the NGER Act, the Group 

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 

submitted its eighth report to the Clean Energy Regulator 

relating to the ‘rounding off’ of amounts in the Directors’ Report 

in October 2016 and is due to submit its ninth report by 

and, in accordance with that instrument, amounts in the Directors’ 

31 October 2017.

No significant environmental incidents have been reported 

Report have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or 

in certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

internally, and no breaches have been notified to the Group 

22. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 

by any government agency. 

The Group is a signatory to the Australian Packaging Covenant, 

which is a national co-regulatory initiative in place of state-based 

The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held on Friday 

24 November 2017.

regulatory arrangements for sustainable packaging management. 

The Directors’ Report is made in accordance with a resolution of 

Members are required to adhere to the covenant commitments, 

directors.

which include development and implementation of an action plan 

and report annually on progress. Myer submitted its 10th annual 

report in March 2017.

19. NON-AUDIT SERVICES

The Company may decide to employ its external auditor on 

assignments additional to its statutory audit duties where the 

Paul McClintock AO 
Chairman  

Melbourne, 13 September 2017

auditor’s expertise and experience with the Company and/or 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

To view our Corporate Governance Statement please visit  

myer.com.au/investor.

the Group are important.

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor (PwC) 

for audit and non-audit services provided during the year 

are set out in the Financial Statements (at note H5).

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 

advice received from the Audit, Finance and Risk Committee, is 

satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible 

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed 

by the Corporations Act 2001. The directors are satisfied that 

the provision of the non-audit services by the auditor did not 

compromise the auditor independence requirements of the 

Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:

 > all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit, Finance 
and Risk Committee to ensure that they do not impact on the 

impartiality and objectivity of the auditor; and

 > none of the services undermine the general principles relating 
to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics 

for Professional Accountants.

36  Myer Annual Report 2017

AUDI TOR’S INDEPENDE NC E 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

DECLARATION

As lead auditor for the audit of Myer Holdings Limited for the year ended 29 July 2017, I declare that 
to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

(a)

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 
relation to the audit; and

(b)

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

This declaration is in respect of Myer Holdings Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Myer Holdings Limited for the year ended 29 July 2017, I declare that 
to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

(a)
Jason Perry
Partner
(b)
PricewaterhouseCoopers

no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 
relation to the audit; and

Melbourne

no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.

13 September 2017

This declaration is in respect of Myer Holdings Limited and the entities it controlled during the period.

Jason Perry
Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Melbourne

13 September 2017

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK  VIC  3006, GPO Box 1331 MELBOURNE VIC 3001
T: +61 3 8603 1000, F: +61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

37

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 

2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK  VIC  3006, GPO Box 1331 MELBOURNE VIC 3001

T: +61 3 8603 1000, F: +61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

REMUNERATION REPORT

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board, we are pleased to present Myer’s FY2017 
Remuneration Report.

BUSINESS PERFORMANCE

We have made significant progress in the delivery of New Myer 
during FY2017, although we have also been challenged by the 
difficult market conditions impacting the retail sector. Our Net 
Profit After Tax (NPAT) result of $67.9 million (pre-implementation 
costs and individually significant items), while short of our target 
to exceed last year’s NPAT of $69.3 million, has been delivered 
against a backdrop of increasing competition, subdued consumer 
sentiment and discount fatigue. 

While we are disappointed to have not reached our target of 
exceeding last year’s NPAT, this result demonstrates that Myer has 
become a leaner, more productive and efficient retailer, and is 
better placed to compete in a rapidly changing environment.

As the retail industry evolves, so too must Myer. Our commitment 
to shareholders remains unchanged - we remain dedicated to 
evolving into a fashion-forward retailer built on a customer-led 
offer, wonderful experiences and connected retail and delivered 
through increased productivity and efficiency.

Our Executive Management Group (EMG) is highly capable and 
possesses a depth of experience across retail, digital, marketing 
and other key areas that are critical to the delivery of our strategy. 
This experience, and the ability of our executives to meet 
challenging business objectives in a constantly changing market, 
will be essential to our delivery of sustainable earnings growth.

Attracting and retaining the talent we need to deliver New Myer 
remains a critical priority for the Board. We therefore regularly 
review the remuneration framework to ensure that it appropriately 
balances shareholder outcomes, executive performance and our 
ability to attract and retain talent. The new demands on our industry 
and our business, particularly in regards to attraction and retention, 
require new and flexible approaches to remuneration. We expect 
that this will result in continued upward pressure on both fixed and 
at-risk remuneration as we look to other sectors, both locally and 
internationally, for the capability we need for the future.

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OUTCOMES

The NPAT gateway condition, which requires a minimum level of 
NPAT to be achieved before any Short Term Incentive (STI) can be 
awarded, was not met in respect of the FY2017 STI, and accordingly 
no STI was paid to Executives, including Key Management 
Personnel (KMP).

Performance rights granted to KMP under the FY2014 Long Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP) were tested for vesting following the release 
of our results in September 2016. The relative Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) and Earnings per Share (EPS) hurdles under this plan 
were not met, and accordingly the rights subject to these hurdles 
did not vest. The Business Transformation hurdle set in 2014 was 
determined by the Board to be partially met, and accordingly, 
50 percent of the rights subject to this hurdle (being 12.5 percent 
of the maximum grant) vested. The measures that were achieved 
included retention of Myer One customers; Net Promoter Score; 

38  Myer Annual Report 2017

sales per square metre; increase in basket size (online sales); and 
increase in page views. There was only one KMP who participated 
in the FY2014 LTIP and therefore had rights vested under this plan.

Performance rights granted to KMP under the FY2015 LTIP will 
be tested for vesting following the release of our financial results 
in September 2017, against the EPS, relative TSR and Business 
Transformation hurdles. Any vesting will be disclosed in our 
FY2018 remuneration report. 

The Board considers these remuneration outcomes to be 
reflective of shareholder outcomes. 

CHANGES TO THE FY2017 REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

This year, the Board made minor adjustments to the remuneration 
framework to ensure its continued alignment with strategy 
and performance.

In regards to the STI, we have maintained the NPAT gateway, 
meaning that no STI awards are paid unless a minimum acceptable 
level of NPAT is achieved. If the gateway is achieved, the NPAT 
result is assessed as part of a performance ‘scorecard’. In the 
scorecard, we balance the emphasis between key financial and 
strategic objectives that combine to drive our strategy and deliver 
the NPAT result.

In relation to the LTIP, in FY2017 we have moved away from what 
was considered a ‘one-off’ transformation LTIP towards a design 
that reflects the ongoing nature of our business evolution, beyond 
the initial five year transformation period.

The performance hurdles under the revised LTIP are intended 
to focus participants on the strategy fundamentals of improving 
earnings and return on funds; align to shareholders through 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR); and complement the measures 
in the STI. The result is a remuneration framework that is closely 
aligned to the creation of shareholder value. Both the STI and the 
LTIP include ambitious performance hurdles set to align with the 
ongoing evolution of the business. 

Having regard to the prevailing economic and industry conditions, 
and the competitiveness of current remuneration levels, the Board 
has determined not to increase Total Fixed Remuneration for the 
CEO in FY2017. There has been no change to his fixed remuneration 
since his appointment in March 2015. 

We hope that you find the Myer Remuneration Report clearly 
outlines the links between our strategy, our performance, and 
executive remuneration outcomes. We look forward to your 
continued support at our Annual General Meeting in November 
2017, and welcome any feedback on our remuneration practices 
and disclosures. 

Yours faithfully,

Paul McClintock, AO 
Chairman

Chris Froggatt 
Chairman, Human Resources 

and Remuneration Committee

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

CONTENTS

2. REMUNERATION STRATEGY

Section 1  

Introduction

Section 2   Remuneration Strategy

The remuneration strategy defines the direction for Myer’s reward 

framework and policies, and drives the design and application of 

Section 3  

 Company performance and remuneration  

programs for all senior managers in the Company, including KMP. 

outcomes for FY2017

Myer’s remuneration strategy is to:

Section 4   Changes to remuneration frameworks in FY2017

Section 5   Remuneration governance

Section 6   Executive remuneration

Section 7   Remuneration outcomes for executive KMP

Section 8   Executive service agreements

Section 9   Equity

Section 10   Loans 

Attract and retain high calibre executives

 > Reward competitively in the markets in which Myer competes 

for talent

 > Remuneration is flexible enough to respond to the changing 
talent and capability requirements of the retail industry

Section 11  Dealing in securities

 > Provide a balance of fixed and ‘at risk’ remuneration

Section 12   Non-executive director remuneration

1. INTRODUCTION

Align executive rewards with Myer’s performance

 > Align reward outcomes with long term shareholder value 

The Directors of Myer Holdings Limited (the Company) present 

creation

the Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 29 July 

 > Assess rewards against objective financial and non-financial 

2017 prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

measures

Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations. 

 > Include at risk components based on both short and long term 

This report outlines the remuneration strategy, framework and 

performance

other conditions of employment for the KMP, and details the role 

 > Remunerate or reward based on performance

and accountabilities of the Board and relevant Committees that 

support the Board on these matters. In this report, ‘executives’ 

refers to those members of the Executive Management Team who 

have been identified as KMP. 

In FY2017 the Board reviewed the remuneration frameworks and 

made some changes to ensure that they continue to effectively 

meet the Company’s strategic objectives. These changes are 

detailed in Section 4: Changes to Remuneration Frameworks in 

The information provided within this report has been audited 

FY2017.

as required by section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001 and 

forms part of the Directors’ Report. The table below details the 

Company’s KMP during the 2017 financial year.

The table overleaf summarises the remuneration framework 

and objectives for FY2017. 

Name

Non-Executive Directors

Role

P McClintock

A Brennan

I Cornell

C Froggatt

J Stephenson(1)

R Thorn

D Whittle

Executive Directors

R Umbers

Chairman, Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Independent non-executive director

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Executive Key Management Personnel

D Bracken(2)

G Devonport

A Sutton

Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Chief Merchandise and Customer Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Executive General Manager Stores

(1)  Ms Stephenson was appointed as a Director on 28 November 2016.

(2)  Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017 and is currently serving out his notice period in-line with his contractual obligations.

39

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES &  

PERFORMANCE LINK

PERFORMANCE MEASURES

AT-RISK 

WEIGHT

TOTAL FIXED 

COMPENSATION 

(TFC)

 > To attract and retain high calibre executives

 > Varies based on employee’s experience, 

 > Provides ‘predictable’ base level of reward

skills and performance

 > Set with reference to market using external 

benchmark data

 > Consideration given to both internal and 

-

external relativities across retail and other 

relevant sectors

 > Designed to drive the short term financial 
and strategic objectives of the Company, 

which are designed to translate to 

shareholder return

 > NPAT ‘gateway’ – minimum threshold 

performance level below which no STI is paid

 > Once gateway is achieved, the NPAT result is 

assessed as part of a ‘performance scorecard’ 

 > An NPAT gateway ensures a minimum 

and accounts for 60% of the maximum STI

acceptable level of Company profit before 

executives receive any STI award

 > Key financial and strategic objectives aligned to 
the strategy account for 40% of the maximum 

 > Supports retention and encourages 

STI. Measures for FY2017 included:

CEO: 
Maximum 

80% of TFC

Other 

executive 

KMP: 
Maximum 

60% of TFC

SHORT TERM 

INCENTIVE

executives to maintain focus on long term 

value in addition to annual results, through 

a deferred component

 - Cost Of Doing Business;

 - Cash conversion;

 - Store footprint reduction; and

 - Safety performance.

 > Delivered in equity to align executives with 

 > Performance measures:

LONG TERM 

INCENTIVE

shareholder interests

 > Focused on delivery of long term business 

strategy and outcomes

 > Measures are aligned with the Company 

‘Metrics that Matter’

 > Measures complement those in the STI to 
provide a holistic and aligned reward offer

 > Performance Period beyond the initial 

transformation period and reflecting the 

evolution of the business, to drive ongoing 

performance and support the retention of 

key executives

 - Return on Funds Employed (50% of award)

 - EPS growth (25% of award)

 - Relative TSR (25% of award)

 > Performance measured over a 3 year 
Performance Period (FY2017 – FY2019)

 > Shares provided on vesting subject 

to restriction for 1 year

CEO: 
90% of TFC

Other 

executive 

KMP: 
Between 

60% and 

90% of TFC

TOTAL REMUNERATION

Overall, the total remuneration mix is designed to attract, retain and motivate capable executives and drive delivery of the 

transformation strategy and ongoing business evolution, to deliver superior shareholder returns over the short and long term, 

while aligning executive remuneration outcomes with the experience of shareholders.

40  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

3. COMPANY PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION OUTCOMES FOR FY2017

3.1 COMPANY PERFORMANCE

The Company’s remuneration structure aligns executive remuneration with shareholder interests over the short and long term and 

provides an appropriate reward on delivering our strategy.

During FY2017 Myer made substantial progress across all aspects of our strategy. This included:

 > Standout performance in our omni-channel and online business with sales up 41.1%;

 > Reduced store footprint resulting from store closures at Wollongong, Brookside and Orange, space hand backs at Cairns and Dubbo 

and at Richlands Distribution Centre in Queensland; 

 > Handed back over 30% of our support office floorspace;

 > Launched cafes, pop up shops and an ice rink in our Sydney store and partnered with Katy Perry in an innovative marketing campaign; 

 > Introduced a dedicated clearance floor at our Frankston store;

 > Rolled out new and upgraded brand destinations as well as 73 upgraded MEB master brand fitouts and dedicated service models for 

Basque, Piper and BLAQ; and

 > Introduced new wanted brands including Forever New, Roxy, Quicksilver, Darren Palmer, Home and 2XU.

The table below presents the Company’s annual performance against key financial metrics since 2013.

Basic EPS (cents)

NPAT before individually significant items ($m)

NPAT after individually significant items ($m)

Dividends (cents per share)

Share price at beginning of year ($)

Share price at end of year ($)

Market capitalisation ($m)

FY2013

FY2014

FY2015

FY2016(1)

FY2017

21.8

127.2

127.2

18.0

1.83

2.66

16.8

98.5

98.5

14.5

2.66

2.24

13.2

77.5

29.8

7.0

2.24

1.18

1,552.4

1,311.9

694.0

8.8(2)

69.3

60.5

5.0

1.18(3)

1.34(4)

1,100.5

8.3(2)

 67.9

 11.9

 5.0

1.34

 0.77

 632.4

(1) 

 FY2016 results were impacted by the fully underwritten accelerated pro rata non-renounceable Entitlement Offer completed by the Company in September 
2015. The Entitlement Offer resulted in the issue of 234,661,660 new shares at $0.94 per share. 

(2)  FY2015, FY2016 and FY2017 Basic EPS exclude Individually Significant Items.

(3)  Share price before the Entitlement Offer completed in September 2015.

(4)  Share price after the Entitlement Offer completed in September 2015.

3.2 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES

Total Fixed Compensation 

FY2017 Outcomes

A review of Total Fixed Compensation (TFC) for KMP, including the CEO, was undertaken by the Human Resources 

and Remuneration Committee in the 2017 financial year. Only one adjustment was made at this time, being a 

7.4 percent increase to TFC for Mr Devonport effective 20 July 2017, in recognition of his increased responsibilities 

for both Strategy and Business Development across the business. 

No further increases to TFC were made for KMP during FY2017, as the Board believes that KMP remuneration 

is appropriately positioned against the comparator market. There has been no increase to the CEO’s fixed 

remuneration since his appointment in FY2015. 

Short Term Incentive

FY2017 Outcomes

The net profit gateway condition, which requires a minimum level of NPAT to be achieved before STI can be 

awarded, was not met in respect of the FY2017 STI. Accordingly, no STI was payable to any participants. 

Individual performance objectives for the Executive Management Team are based on a range of financial and 

strategic measures linked to the metrics that matter and strategic priorities, which combined deliver the business 

strategy. The following STI objectives were achieved in FY2017, and, had the gateway been achieved, payment would 

have been made in respect of these measures:

 > Reduction in Cost of Doing Business as a percentage of sales;

 > Cash conversion;

 > Reduction in store footprint;

 > Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR).

41

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

Long Term Incentive 

FY2017 Outcomes

FY2014 LTIP (granted in November 2013)

As noted in the FY2016 remuneration report, the performance rights granted to executives in November 2013 

were tested against the EPS, relative TSR and Business Transformation hurdles following the release of our financial 

results in September 2016. The hurdles for EPS and relative TSR were not met and accordingly the rights subject 

to these performance hurdles lapsed. 

The performance rights subject to the Business Transformation hurdle were assessed and determined by the 

Board to have been partially met, and accordingly, 50 percent of these rights vested, being 12.5 percent of the 

total number of rights granted.

The Business Transformation measures compare Myer’s actual performance against the target performance for the 

Business Transformation Hurdle metrics set out in Myer’s business plan, and were set to measure the way in which 

the Company is transforming in a time of continued structural realignment of the retail industry. The assessed 

level of performance for the Business Transformation hurdle for the period 28 July 2013 to 30 July 2016 under 

the FY2014 LTIP is shown below:

Measure

Loyalty

Hurdle 

Achieved Performance

 > Improved retention of MYER one customers  

 

Increased total number of premium & 

(premium & platinum members)

platinum members by more than 50%

 > Increased MYER one sales as a percentage of business sales

Customer Service

 > Net Promoter Score

 > Customer conversion rate 

Space Optimisation

 > Target sales per square metre

 > Target profit per square metre

Merchandise

 > Mix of wholesale, MEB and concession sales

 > Target Operating Gross Profit

Omni-Channel

 > Increase in basket size

 > Increase in number of page views

FY2015 LTIP (granted in December 2014)



















-

NPS improvement greater than 20%

-

Increased by 8.1%

-

-

-

Increased by more than 15%

Increased by more than 150%

Performance rights granted to KMP in December 2014 under the FY2015 LTIP will be tested for vesting following 

the release of the Company’s financial results in September 2017, against the EPS, relative TSR and Business 

Transformation hurdles. Full details of performance against the hurdles and any vesting will be reported in the 

Company’s FY2018 remuneration report.

42  Myer Annual Report 2017

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

3.3 TAKE-HOME PAY

The table below sets out the actual remuneration earned by KMP in FY2017. The table has not been prepared in accordance with 

accounting standards but has been provided to clearly outline the remuneration outcomes for Executive KMP. Remuneration outcomes 

prepared in accordance with the accounting standards are provided in Section 7. 

A review of TFC for KMP, including the CEO, was undertaken by the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee in the 2017 

financial year. Only one adjustment was made at this time, being a 7.4 percent increase to TFC for Mr Devonport effective 20 July 2017, 

in recognition of his increased responsibilities for both Strategy and Business Development across the business. 

No further increases to TFC were made for KMP during FY2017, as the Board believes that KMP remuneration is appropriately positioned 

against the comparator market. There has been no increase to the CEO’s fixed remuneration since his appointment in FY2015.

Short Term Incentive

Long Term 

Incentive  

Cash  
salary(1)

Super-
annuation(2)

FY2016  
STI(3)

STI deferred 

from prior year

Vested  
LTIP(4)

Actual FY2017 

Remuneration

2017

2017

2017

2017

1,180,384

19,616

224,793

1,030,937

857,190

640,384

20,650

19,616

19,616

136,252

125,708

96,349

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15,269

1,424,793

1,187,839

1,002,514

771,618

Name

Executive Directors

R Umbers

Executive KMP

D Bracken(5)

G Devonport

A Sutton

(1) 

 Cash salary includes short term compensated absences and any salary sacrifice arrangement implemented by the Executives, including additional 
superannuation contributions.

(2)   Executives receive a statutory superannuation contribution up to a threshold limit in line with the ATO published maximum superannuation 

contribution base.

(3)   STI payments relating to FY2016 performance and conditions, but paid during FY2017. Includes only the non-deferred component.

(4)   The number of performance rights vesting under the FY2014 LTIP multiplied by the Myer share price at vesting (calculation assumes a share price of $1.37).

(5)   Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

4. CHANGES TO REMUNERATION FRAMEWORKS IN FY2017

Short term incentive plan

Changes in FY2017

Following a review of the remuneration framework, the Board approved some changes to the design of the STI plan 

applicable to KMP in FY2017. These changes are outlined below, with additional detail provided in Section 6.2. 

Weighting of Performance Measures

Once the gateway is achieved, a scorecard is assessed to determine individual awards under the STI plan. The NPAT 

result forms part of the scorecard, which balances the emphasis between the key financial and strategic objectives 

that together combine to drive our strategy. The NPAT measure accounts for 60 percent of the scorecard for KMP 

in FY2017, a reduction from 80 percent in FY16. Performance against other financial and strategic objectives linked 

to the metrics that matter and strategic priorities determine the remaining 40 percent of the scorecard. The Board 

has determined that this change maintains the importance of NPAT in determining any payout to participants, 

whilst allowing sufficient weighting to be placed on other measures linked to the achievement of transformation 

objectives. 

Long term incentive plan

Changes in FY2017

The Board has reviewed the structure of the LTIP for FY2017 and made amendments to key design features as 

planned, to revert from what was considered a ‘one-off’ transformation LTIP towards a design that reflects the 

ongoing nature of our business evolution, beyond the initial five year transformation period.

The prior year LTIP (FY2016 LTIP) comprised an initial award (Initial Award) of performance rights subject to Return 

on Funds Employed (ROFE) and sales per square metre hurdles. If these hurdles are achieved and the Initial Award 

vests, an additional award of performance rights (Additional Award) is awarded, equal to 50 percent of the number 

of Initial Award performance rights vested, and subject to a relative TSR and an EPS hurdle. Together, the two 

components of the FY2016 LTIP have a five year Performance Period in total, in line with the delivery of the initial 

transformation program. 

The changes to the LTIP for the FY2017 plan year are outlined below, with additional detail provided in Section 6.3.

Shareholders approved the grant of performance rights to the CEO under the new plan design at the Company’s 

FY2016 Annual General Meeting. Awards under this plan have also been made to other members of the Executive 

Management Team and incumbents in key strategic roles in the Company. 

FY2017 LTIP

An award of performance rights with three performance hurdles, designed to reflect long-term business 

performance:

 > 50 percent of the award is subject to growth in Return on Funds Employed (ROFE) over the Performance Period 

(ROFE hurdle)

 > 25 percent of the award is subject to compound annual growth in Earnings per Share over the Performance 

Period (EPS hurdle)

 > 25 percent of the award is based on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return relative to an agreed peer group 

(TSR hurdle)

The Performance Period is three years. Any shares provided on vesting of the performance rights will be subject to 

a restriction period of 12 months post vesting.

The hurdles for the FY2017 LTIP have been chosen to align with shareholder returns and the delivery of shareholder 

value over the Performance Period. A more detailed explanation of why the hurdles were chosen is included in 

Section 6.3.

44  Myer Annual Report 2017

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

5. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE

5.2 USE OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS

5.1 ROLE OF THE HUMAN RESOURCES 
AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

To ensure it is fully informed when making remuneration decisions, 

the Committee draws on services from a range of external sources, 

including remuneration consultants where appropriate. The 

The Board reviews its role, responsibilities, and performance 

Company’s guidelines on the use of remuneration consultants aim 

annually to ensure that the Company continues to maintain and 

to ensure the independence of remuneration consultants from 

improve its governance standards.

Myer’s management, and include the process for the selection of 

The Board is responsible for ensuring the Company’s remuneration 

consultants and the terms of engagement. 

strategy is equitable and aligned with Company performance and 

Remuneration consultants are engaged by the Committee 

shareholder interests. The Board conducts an annual review of 

Chairman, and report directly to the Committee. As part of this 

the remuneration strategy of the business. To assist with this, the 

engagement, an agreed set of protocols to be followed by the 

Board has established a Human Resources and Remuneration 

consultants, the Committee, and management, have been devised 

Committee (Committee) made up of non-executive directors only. 

that determine the way in which remuneration recommendations 

The Committee charter is available on the Company’s Investor 

are developed and provided to the Board. This process is intended 

to ensure that any recommendation made by the remuneration 

consultant is free from undue influence by the KMP to whom any 

recommendations may relate.

During FY2017 the Board continued to engage Ernst & Young (EY) 

to provide various remuneration advice, including benchmarking 

data, market commentary and professional guidance regarding 

Myer’s executive remuneration and incentive plans. During this 

engagement no remuneration recommendations as defined by the 

Corporations Act 2001 were provided to the Company by EY.

Centre website.

When making remuneration decisions, the Committee will also 

give consideration to the Company’s internal succession plan and 

capability profile.

Ms Chris Froggatt chairs the Committee. Other members of the 

Committee are Ms Anne Brennan and Mr Ian Cornell.

In performing its role, the Committee has the responsibility to 

make recommendations to the Board on:

 > non-executive director fees;

 > executive remuneration (for the Managing Director and CEO 

and other executives) including specific recommendations on 

remuneration packages and other terms of employment;

 > the overarching remuneration framework including the policy, 
strategy and practices for fixed reward and both short and long 

term incentive plans and performance hurdles; and

 > the health of the organisation, succession coverage and 

strength, organisational culture and diversity. 

The Committee has been established under rule 8.15 of the 

Constitution of the Company. Further information on the role of 

the Committee, its membership and meetings held throughout 

the year will be set out in the Corporate Governance Statement 

(available on the Company’s website) and the Directors’ Report.

The Chairman, the CEO, and the Head of the Human Resources 

function are regular attendees at the Committee meetings. The 

CEO was not present during any Committee or Board meetings 

when his remuneration was considered or discussed during the 

financial year.

The Committee must at all times have regard to, and notify the 

Board as appropriate, of all legal and regulatory requirements, 

including any shareholder approvals required in connection with 

remuneration matters. 

The Committee Chairman or if she is not available, a Committee 

member, will attend the Annual General Meeting and be available 

to answer any questions from shareholders about the Committee’s 

activities or, if appropriate, the Company’s remuneration 

arrangements.

45

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

6. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION

Remuneration for executives is delivered through a mix of fixed and variable (or ‘at risk’) pay, and a blend of short and longer term 

incentives. As executives gain seniority within the Company, the balance of this mix shifts to a higher proportion of ‘at risk’ pay.

As outlined in the table in Section 2: Remuneration Framework, executive remuneration is made up of three components:

 > TFC – base pay and benefits, including superannuation;

 > STI; and

 > LTI.

The combination of these components comprises an executive’s total remuneration. The chart below shows the relative weighting 

of each component, as a proportion of the total potential remuneration for KMP, for the 2017 financial year:

Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

37%

15%

15%

33%

Deputy CEO & Chief Merchandise and Customer Officer

40%

12%

12%

36%

Chief Financial officer

40%

12%

12%

36%

Executive General Manager Stores

45%

14%

14%

27%

TFC

STI

STI (deferred)

LTI

6.1 TOTAL FIXED COMPENSATION

TFC provides the base level of reward and is set at a level to attract and retain high calibre executives. 

Features of Total Fixed Compensation 

What is included 

TFC is structured as a total fixed remuneration package, made up of base salary, superannuation, other benefits and 

in TFC?

Fringe Benefits Tax, where applicable. Some of the benefits include the opportunity to receive a portion of their 

How is TFC 

reviewed?

fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including fringe benefits such as motor vehicles, or to make additional 

contributions to superannuation or retirement plans (as permitted by relevant legislation).

TFC levels for each executive are set with reference to the market, the scope and nature of each role, the 

incumbent’s experience and individual performance.

The Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding TFC for KMP and senior executives 

annually in July, having regard to Company and individual performance and relevant comparative remuneration 

in the market. Annual adjustments approved by the Board are effective 1 February. The Board may also consider 

adjustments to executive remuneration outside of this as recommended by the CEO, such as on promotion or as 

a result of additional duties performed by the executive.

Where new senior executives join the Company or existing executives are appointed to new roles, a review and 

benchmarking of fixed and total remuneration is conducted prior to the offer and execution of a new employment 

contract.

Which benchmarks 

Remuneration for KMP is considered in the context of the skills and experience being sought and the global senior 

are used?

retail market, as well as in relation to the other industries where we are increasingly seeking talent. Benchmarking 

is also undertaken against local industry peer groups and companies with a similar market capitalisation to Myer 

where relevant for the roles under review. 

46  Myer Annual Report 2017

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

6.2 SHORT TERM INCENTIVE

Myer’s STI plan for KMP and other senior executives operates on an annual basis subject to Board review and approval. The FY2017 STI 

applied to all eligible executives including KMP, subject to certain conditions and performance criteria being met which are reviewed and 

approved annually by the Board.

Form and purpose of the plan 

What is the  

The STI plan is an annual, at risk component of an executive’s reward opportunity, designed to put a meaningful part 

STI plan?

of the executive’s remuneration at risk. Payment under the STI is subject to achieving pre-determined Company 

and individual performance criteria. All senior managers, including the KMP and Group Executive participate in the 

STI. 

What is the 

STI targets are set as a percentage of the executive’s TFC. The current target levels for KMP are set out below.

value of the STI 

opportunity?

 > CEO – 80 percent of TFC

 > Other KMP – 60 percent of TFC

Does the STI 

40 percent of any award payable to members of the Group Executive is deferred for a period of 12 months following 

include a deferred 

the end of the Performance Period.

component?

The deferred component of the CEO’s STI is provided as Restricted Shares while the deferred component for other 

Group Executives is paid in cash following the end of the deferral period.

Gateway and performance measures 

Is there a 

The Board considers it critical that the Group should achieve a minimum acceptable level of profit before any 

performance 

payments are made under the STI plan, to reflect the focus on returns to shareholders. No STI is awarded to any 

‘gateway’ and how 

participants if minimum performance across the Company does not reach the pre-determined threshold NPAT 

is it determined?

level. 

The NPAT gateway is determined by the Board each year, with reference to the annual business plan, economic 

conditions and other relevant factors. 

Performance at or above the NPAT gateway determines the size of the STI pool which is available for payment, with 

profit above the threshold split between shareholders and STI plan participants, with a greater allocation towards 

shareholders. The size of the STI pool is then used to moderate the total outcome for all participants, resulting in 

individual payouts that are proportional to their achievement and the size of the pool.

To incentivise performance against the transformation agenda, the FY2017 STI was structured around two key 

components:

 > NPAT, weighted at 60 percent of the total potential award; and

 > Individual objectives, including key financial measures related to the executive’s role, weighted at 40 percent of 

the total potential award.

While each measure is assessed in isolation, any payment is subject to the achievement of the NPAT gateway. 

What were 

the FY2017 

performance 

measures?

Why were the 

Overall performance measures are selected to align with annual and long term business plans. Details of the FY2017 

performance 

performance measures, and the strategic objectives they are aligned to, are set out in the table in section 2.

measures selected?

The Board believes that the largest component of an executive’s STI award should be driven by the financial 

performance of the Company, and accordingly 60 percent of the STI is linked to Company NPAT, providing close 

alignment with shareholder outcomes.

Other financial and strategic objectives in the performance scorecard are set by the CEO (and approved by the 

Committee and the Board), and, combined with the Company NPAT measure, are intended to drive our strategy 

and deliver our financial results. These objectives and their targets align with our key financial metrics and strategic 

goals, and the measures selected for each executive are determined by reference to the specific objectives of the 

executive’s role for the financial year.

Given that STI rewards are contingent on performance across a range of measures, maximum STI rewards can only 

be achieved for performance that is strong on all measures.

Are the STI 

The disclosure of prospective STI measures and targets would provide the market and our competitors with our 

performance 

financial forecasts, and it is for this reason, we do not disclose them in advance. We will disclose outcomes and/

measures and 
targets disclosed?

or performance against targets in instances where the disclosure would not involve the release of commercially 
sensitive information. 

47

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

Governance 

When are 

Performance objectives and targets are set at the beginning of the financial year, while performance against these 

performance 

targets is reviewed following the end of the financial year. 

targets set and 

reviewed?

How is  

The Committee determines whether, or the extent to which, each target is satisfied following the end of the 

performance 

financial year, once the Company’s annual accounts are audited and have been approved by the directors.

measured?

If the hurdle is satisfied, an STI may be paid to participating KMP and other executives. The quantum of any STI 

reward provided will depend on the extent to which the maximum reward is achieved. A minimum threshold is also 

set, below which no STI reward will be provided. Once it has been determined whether each objective has been 

satisfied, the Committee will make a recommendation to the Board for approval of the STI awards to be paid to the 

CEO and executives.

The Committee is responsible for assessing whether the performance criteria are met. To help make this 

assessment, the Committee receives reports on the Company’s performance from management. All proposed 

STI awards are verified by internal and external audit review prior to any award being made. The Committee has 

the discretion to recommend to the Board an adjustment to any award in light of unexpected or unintended 

circumstances.

When are  

The component of the STI awards approved by the Board that is not subject to deferral is paid to participating KMP 

incentives paid?

and executives in the month following the release of the Company’s results to the ASX.

The deferred component of the CEO’s STI is provided as Restricted Shares, which the CEO will not be able to deal 

with during the 12 month deferral period. The deferred component of other Group Executives is paid in cash 

following the end of the 12 month deferral period.

Cessation of employment, clawback or change of control 

If an individual 

Participants leaving employment during the performance year are generally not eligible to receive an award under 

ceases employment 

the STI. In certain circumstances (such as redundancy), the Board may consider eligibility for a pro rata payment. 

during the 

performance year, 

will they receive 

a payment?

Does a ‘clawback’ 

The STI Plan allows the Board to take any steps that it determines appropriate to recover from the individual 

apply?

executive any STI reward that was incorrectly provided as a result of a material misstatement in, or omission from, 

the Company’s financial statements. The provision applies only to those executives who were KMP of the Company 

at the time the financial statements were approved by the Board and issued by the Company. 

How would a  

The Board has absolute discretion in relation to the treatment, payment or provision of STI awards on a change of 

change of control 

control, which it would exercise in the best interests of the Company. The Board may also give the CEO notice that 

impact on STI 

the restriction period for any Restricted Shares will end if certain change of control events occur.

entitlements?

FY2017 Outcomes

A detailed discussion of the FY2017 STI outcomes is presented in section 3.2. The percentage of the available STI reward that was paid in 

the financial year, and the percentage and value that was not paid is set out below: 

Name

R Umbers

D Bracken(2)

G Devonport

A Sutton

Maximum STI 

STI % 

Actual STI 

Actual STI 

Total STI 

(as % of TFC) Maximum STI

awarded

paid (cash)

deferred

Awarded

Proportion 

Amount 

of max. STI 
not paid(1)

of max. STI 
not paid(1)

80%

60%

60%

60%

$960,000

$600,000

$525,000

$396,000

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

$0

100%

$960,000

100%

$600,000

100%

100%

$525,000

$396,000

(1) 

 Reflects the proportion and amount of the maximum STI that was forfeited due to the performance criteria not being achieved and scaling of the STI pool.

(2)   Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017.

48  Myer Annual Report 2017

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

6.3 FY2017 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Features of the LTIP are outlined in the table below. In FY2017 the Board granted performance rights under the LTIP to KMP and other 

senior executives.

Form and purpose of the plan 

What is the LTIP?

The LTIP is an incentive that is intended to promote alignment between executive and shareholder interests over 

the longer term. Under the LTIP, performance rights may be offered annually to the CEO and nominated executives, 

including KMP. The employees invited to participate in the plan include executives who are considered to play a 

leading role in achieving the Company’s long term strategic and operational objectives.

Each right offered is an entitlement to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to adjustment for 

capital actions, on terms and hurdles determined by the Board, including hurdles linked to Company performance 

and service.

How is the LTIP 

The LTIP is delivered via a grant of performance rights. The number of performance rights that vest is not 

delivered?

determined until after the end of the Performance Period.

The performance right will therefore not provide any value to the holder between the dates the performance right 

is granted and the end of the Performance Period, and then only if the performance hurdles are satisfied.

Performance rights do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights until the 

performance rights vest and shares are provided. Accordingly, participating executives do not receive dividends 

during the Performance Period.

How is the number 

The number of performance rights for each executive is determined as part of the calculation of total remuneration 

of performance 

for an executive role. The Committee determines LTIP awards by assessing the quantum required to provide a 

rights determined?

market competitive total remuneration level, for on target performance.

The exact number of performance rights allocated depends on each executive’s LTIP target. The value of the 

performance rights at the time they are granted is calculated based on the Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) 

of the Company’s shares for the five trading days up to and including the closing date of the offer, which generally 

falls within 10 days of the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

Vesting and performance hurdles 

What is the 

The Performance Period commences at the beginning of the financial year in which the performance rights are 

Performance 

granted. For the performance rights granted under the FY2017 LTIP, the Performance Period started on 31 July 2016 

Period?

and ends after three years on 27 July 2019. Following the end of the Performance Period and after the Company has 

What are the 

performance 

hurdles?

lodged its full year audited financial results for 2019 with the ASX, the Board will test the performance hurdles that 

apply to the FY2017 LTIP offer and will determine how many performance rights (if any) are eligible to vest. 

The performance measures approved by the Board for the FY2017 LTIP offer were ROFE, EPS and relative TSR:

 > 50 percent of the Award is subject to the ROFE hurdle. 

 > 25 percent of the Award is subject to the EPS hurdle. 

 > 25 percent of the Award is subject to the TSR hurdle.

Why were the 

The hurdles were chosen to align shareholder returns with executive reward outcomes over the three year 

performance 

Performance Period and to complement the measures in the STI plan.

hurdles chosen?

The ROFE Hurdle balances the transformation requirements with the needs of shareholders. Significant investment 

in additional capital, and an increase in short term costs are required in the first three years of the New Myer plan. 

This will be instrumental in transforming the business and achieving sustained improvements in earnings and share 

price. 

The Board considers EPS the most effective measure for determining the underlying profitability of the business.

The TSR Hurdle was selected in order to ensure alignment between comparative shareholder return and reward for 

executives. This measure also provides a direct comparison of the Company’s performance over the Performance 

Period against a comparator group of companies that would, broadly, be expected to be similarly impacted by 

changes in market conditions. As there are few direct department store competitors listed in the Australian market, 

the peer group is focused on companies with similar impacts and scope. 

49

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

What is the vesting 

The number of performance rights that vest will depend on how well Myer has performed during the Performance 

framework?

Period. For superior performance, 100 percent of the performance rights will vest. Only a percentage of 

performance rights will vest for performance below that level. If Myer does not achieve certain minimum thresholds 

then all the applicable performance rights will lapse and no performance rights can vest.

For the FY2017 LTIP offer the following vesting hurdles apply:

Performance rights subject to the ROFE Hurdle (50 percent of the Award)

The Company’s ROFE at the end of the 

% of performance rights subject to the ROFE Hurdle that will 

Performance Period

Up to but excluding 15.0% 

vest (rounded down to the nearest whole number)

Nil

Including 15.0% and up to but excluding 16.5%

Pro rata, with linear progression between 50% and up to 100% 

16.5% or greater 

100%

Performance rights subject to the EPS Hurdle (25 percent of the Award)

The EPS Hurdle will be tested over the Performance Period by calculating the compound annual growth rate in the 

Company’s EPS using EPS at the end of FY2016 as the base year. The resulting growth rate will be used to determine 

the level of vesting for the performance rights subject to the EPS Hurdle.

The table below sets out the percentage of performance rights subject to the EPS Hurdle that can vest depending 

on the Company’s growth in EPS:

Growth in EPS

(rounded down to the nearest whole number)

Up to but excluding 20% 

Nil 

Including 20% and up to but excluding 25% 

Pro rata, with linear progression between 50% and up to 100% 

% of performance rights subject to the EPS Hurdle that will vest 

25% or greater

100%

Performance rights subject to the TSR Hurdle (25 percent of the Award)

The TSR Hurdle will be tested following the end of the Performance Period by comparing the Company’s total 

shareholder return performance over the Performance Period relative to a set peer group. The peer group consists 

of Standard & Poor’s ASX 200 market constituents (excluding Finance, Health Care, Utilities, Consumer Staples 

Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS) sectors and Metals and Mining or Oil, Gas and Consumer Fuels GICS 

Industry groups).

The table below sets out the percentage of performance rights subject to the TSR Hurdle that can vest depending 

on the Company’s relative TSR performance:

TSR performance

(rounded down to the nearest whole number)

Up to but excluding 50th percentile

Nil 

Including 50th percentile and up to but 

Pro rata, with linear progression between 50% and up to 100% 

% of performance rights subject to the TSR Hurdle that will vest 

excluding 75th percentile 

75th percentile or greater 

100% 

No. Each performance hurdle is only tested once at the end of the Performance Period. 

Are the 

performance 

hurdles subject to 

retesting?

Do any restrictions 

Any shares provided on vesting of the performance rights will be subject to a restriction period of one year, during 

apply once the 

which they cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise dealt with.

rights vest?

50  Myer Annual Report 2017

REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

Cessation of employment, change of control, clawback, participation in future issues and hedging arrangements

Cessation of 

employment

The treatment of performance rights on cessation of employment will depend on the date as well as the 

circumstances of cessation. Generally, if an executive ceases employment on or before the end of the restriction 

period due to resignation, termination for cause or gross misconduct, they will forfeit any interest in the rights. 

If employment ceases on or before the end of the restriction period for other reasons, the executive will retain 

an interest in the vested shares. Subject to applicable law, the Board has a discretion to allow different treatment 

(although the discretion is only likely to be exercised in exceptional circumstances). 

How would a change 

The Board has absolute discretion to allow full or pro rated accelerated vesting of performance rights in the event 

of control impact 

of certain change of control events, and would exercise this discretion in the best interests of the Company. 

LTIP entitlements?

Does a ‘clawback’ 

The LTIP includes provisions for rights to lapse and interests in shares allocated and subject to restriction to 

apply?

be forfeited, at the Board’s discretion, if rights or shares are granted, eligible to vest or allocated as a result of 

a material misstatement in, or omission from, the Company’s financial statements. The Myer Board would only 

exercise this discretion in respect of those executives who were KMP of the Company at the time the financial 

statements were approved by the Board and issued by the Company.

How would a 

The rights and entitlements attaching to performance rights may be adjusted if the Company undertakes a bonus 

bonus or rights 

or rights issue or a capital reconstruction in relation to the Company’s shares. For example, in the event of a rights 

issue impact 

issue, the number of shares which an executive is entitled to be allocated on exercise of performance rights may be 

performance rights 

changed in a manner determined by the Myer Board and consistent with the ASX Listing Rules.

under the LTIP?

Do performance 

At the end of the applicable Performance Period, any performance rights that have not vested will lapse and no 

rights expire?

shares will be provided for those performance rights.

Do any other 

Executives are forbidden from entering into any hedging arrangements affecting their economic exposure to 

restrictions apply  

Performance Rights or restricted shares.

to Performance 

Rights prior to 

vesting or subject  

to restriction?

Executives are also forbidden from entering into transactions or arrangements prohibited under the Company’s 

Securities Dealing Policy.

In FY2017, KMP and other senior executives received a grant of performance rights under the LTIP. The awards granted may deliver value 

to executives at the end of the three year Performance Period, subject to satisfaction of performance hurdles as set out in the table 

above.

In addition, under the conditions of his appointment, Mr Devonport was awarded additional performance rights to the value of $200,000 

under the LTIP in FY2017. These performance rights are subject to a condition of continuous employment with the Company through to 

the end of the Performance Period for the FY2017 LTIP.

The following table summarises the FY2017 performance rights granted to KMP during the year:

Total value of 

Valuation of each 

Number of 

performance rights 

performance right 

performance  

at grant date $

at grant date $

rights granted

Exercise  

price

Name

R Umbers

1,080,000

1.25

0.84

1.25

1.25

0.84

1.25

1.25

0.84

1.25

1.34

1.25

0.84

1.25

404,221

202,111

202,111

336,851

168,426

168,426

294,745

147,372

147,373

149,711

148,214

74,108

74,107

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

nil

Applicable  

Performance 

End of 

hurdles

ROFE

TSR

EPS

ROFE

TSR

EPS

ROFE

TSR

EPS

Service

ROFE

TSR

EPS

Period

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

27 July 2019

D Bracken(1)

900,000

G Devonport

987,500

A Sutton

396,000

(1) 

 Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017. The performance rights in this table held by Mr Bracken will lapse when he leaves the Company’s 
employment. 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

%
0
3

%
5
1

%
5

%
4
1

%
9
2

%
8

%
9
1

%
4
1

%
0
3

%
4
3

%
5

%
9
2

%
9
2

%
2
2

%
9
1

%
0
3

2
4
7
,
4
4
7
,
1

2
4
4
3
2
5

,

0
0
3

,
1
2
2
,
1

,

4
2
9
6
9
8
,
1

1
4
1
,
9
7
2

3
8
7
,
7
1
6
,
1

1
5
9
,
1
8
0
,
1

8
0
8
8
4

,

3
4
1
,
3
3
0
,
1

,

2
2
4
2
7
4
,
1

7
3
1
,
2
0
2

,

5
8
2
0
7
2
,
1

9
6
1
,
7
4
2
,
1

0
2
1
,
7
6
3

,

9
4
0
0
8
8

2
2
0
8
1
5

,

,
1

0
3
8
3
2
1

,

2
9
1
,
4
9
3

,
1

,

1
9
2
2
6
7

6
7
7
,
5
4
1

5
1
5
6
1
6

,

,

1
9
6
8
7
9

7
9
0
3
3
1

,

4
9
5

,

5
4
8

3
5
1
,
6
3
8
,
4

6
4
1
,
5
8
0
,
1

7
0
0
,
1
5
7
,
3

,

9
5
0
6
6
8
5

,

5
0
2
8
3
7

,

4
5
8
,
7
2
1
,
5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5
3
2
5

,

2
1
7
,
1

,

5
6
0
6
1
2
,
1

6
1
6
9
1

,

,

1
7
0
6
1
6
,
1

8
0
3
9
1

,

7
4
3
4

,

1
2
4
,
1

5
1
1
,
3

2
4
6
,
1

6
9
7
,
8
2
0
,
1

0
5
6
0
2

,

,

4
6
8
8
6
2
,
1
8
0
3
9
1

,

4
3
9
6
7
8

,

6
1
6
9
1

,

0
5
5
2
9
3

,

,
1
8
3
1
,
8
1

)
7
7
9
2
1
(

,

2
9
4
9
2
6

,

6
1
6
9
1

,

9
3
5
0
1

,

5
5
0
5
3
8

,

8
0
3
9
1

,

)

0
8
2
(

7
8
2
,
1
5
7
,
3

8
9
4
,
9
7

4
1
3
5
1

,

,

0
4
5
2
1
1
,
5

2
6
0
6
7

,

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

s
t
h
g
i
r

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
T

)
9
(
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

)
8
(
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

)
7
(
e
v
a
e

l

l
a
t
o
t
b
u
S

)
6
(
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b

5
6
0
6
1

,

6
1
4
,
1
4

)
1
9
7
,
2
2

(

8
7
7
,
1
4

8
2
1

0
7
5
,
7

-

-

-

-

-

)

8
0
5
0
3

,

(

3
7
7
,
7
2

)
6
0
1
,
7
3
(

-

-

-

0
0
0
0
0
4

,

,

4
1
5
9
0
2

8
2
3
,
7
5
7

5
5
6
4
7
3

,

,

2
9
6
0
8
1
,
1

6
1
0
2

-

,

4
8
3
0
8
1
,
1

7
1
0
2

s
r
e
b
m
U
R

s
r
o
t
c
e
r
i
D
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

-

,

7
3
9
0
3
0
,
1

7
1
0
2

)

0
1
(

n
e
k
c
a
r
B
D

P
M
K
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E

6
8
0
,
7
2
2

,

2
9
6
0
8
9

-

0
9
1
,
7
5
8

-

,

4
8
3
0
4
6

2
8
5
0
6
1

,

2
9
3
,
7
2
6

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
n
o
v
e
D
G

n
o
t
t
u
S
A

-

5
9
8
,
8
0
7
,
3

7
1
0
2

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
P
M
K
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
e

l
a
t
o
T

)

(

4
r
e
h
t
O

)
3
(
d
r
a
w
a

)
2
(
I
T
S

)
1
(

y
r
a
l
a
s

Y
F

e
m
a
N

7
3
5
8
1
1

,

0
0
0
0
0
4

,

7
3
8
,
1
7
9

4
0
1
,
6
4
5
3

,

6
1
0
2

y
r
a

l

a
s
h
s
a
 C

)
1
(

s
e
t
o
n
t
o
o
F

.
)
r
a
e
y
T
B
F
e
h
t
h
t
i
w
e
c
n
a
d
r
o
c
c
a
n

i
(
7
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M

f
o
d
n
e
e
h
t
o
t
p
u
g
n
i
k
r
a
p
r
a
c
d
e
d
i
v
o
r
p
y
n
a
p
m
o
C
f
o
t
c
e
p
s
e
r
n

i

y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

y
b
d
i
a
p
x
a
T
s
t
fi
e
n
e
B
e
g
n
i
r
F
d
n
a
,
l

a
u
r
c
c
a
e
v
a
e
L

l

a
u
n
n
A
n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m
e
h
t

s
e
d
u
c
n

l

i

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
r
e
h
t
 O

.
r
e
y
M
n
o

i

j

o
t

r
e
d
r
o
n

i

l

r
e
y
o
p
m
e
s
u
o
i
v
e
r
p
s
i
h
m
o
r
f
e
n
o
g
r
o
f
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
e
s
i
n
g
o
c
e
r
o
t

i

t
n
e
m
t
n
o
p
p
a
s
i
h
g
n
w
o

i

l
l

o
f

s
h
t
n
o
m
2
1
e
b
a
y
a
p

l

,

,

0
0
0
0
0
4
$
f
o
d
r
a
w
a
n
o
n
g
i
s
a
d
e
d
r
a
w
a
s
a
w
t
r
o
p
n
o
v
e
D
G

,

6
1
0
2
Y
F
n

 I

)

3

(

)

4

(

.
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

l

a
u
t
c
a
f
o
r
a
e
y
e
h
t

t
o
n

,

d
e
n
r
a
e
e
r
e
w
y
e
h
t

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

s
n
o
i
t
i
d
n
o
c
d
n
a
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
m
a
r
g
o
r
p
o
t
e
t
a
e
r

l

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p

I
T
 S

)

2

(

.
e
s
a
b
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s
m
u
m
i
x
a
m
d
e
h
s
i
l

b
u
p
O
T
A
e
h
t
h
t
i
w
e
n

i
l

n

i

t
i

m

i
l

l

d
o
h
s
e
r
h
t
a
o
t
p
u
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s

y
r
o
t
u
t
a
t
s
a
e
v
i
e
c
e
r

s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
 E

)

6

(

.

n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s
n
a
h
t

r
e
h
t
o
d
i
a
p
s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
t
s
o
p
o
n
e
r
e
w
e
r
e
h
 T

l

)

5

(

.
l

a
u
r
c
c
a
e
v
a
e

l

e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o

l

n

i

t
n
e
m
e
v
o
m
e
h
t

s
e
d
u
c
n

l

i

t
fi
e
n
e
b
s
i
h
 T

)
7
(

s
t
c
e
fl
e
r
d
n
a
,
e
t
a
d
t
n
a
r
g
t
a
e
u
a
v

l

r
i
a
f
e
h
t
n
o
d
e
s
a
b
s
i
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
s
i
h
T
.
t
n
e
m
y
a
P
d
e
s
a
B
e
r
a
h
S
2
B
S
A
A
r
e
d
n
u
d
e
n
m

i

l

r
e
t
e
d
s
n
o
i
t
a
u
a
v
n
o
d
e
s
a
b
d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t

r
o
f
d
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

s
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
r
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
e
h
 T

.

d
o
i
r
e
p
g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
r
e
h
t
n

i

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
n
o
i
t
a
n
m

i

r
e
t

y
n
a
d
n
a
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
n
o
i
t
n
e
t
e
r

,
s
l

a
u
r
c
c
a
e
v
a
e

l

e
c
i
v
r
e
s
g
n
o

l

f
o
e
c
n
a

l

a
b

e
h
t

,

n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s

,
s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
x
a
T
t
fi
e
n
e
B
e
g
n
i
r
F

,
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

m

r
e
t

t
r
o
h
s

r
o
s
e
s
u
n
o
b
y
n
a
,
y
r
a

l

a
s
e
s
a
b
f
o
t
n
e
m
t
a
e
r
t
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
e
h
t

s
t
c
e
fl
e
r

i

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
g
n
d
u
c
x
e
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

l

a
t
o
 T

t
s
e
v

y
l
l

a
i
t
r
a
p

,
t
s
e
v

y
l
l

u
f

y
a
m

t
n
a
r
g
y
t
i
u
q
e
e
h
t

s
A

.
e
g
n
a
h
c
s
i
h
t

t
c
e
fl
e
r
o
t
d
o
i
r
e
p
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
e
h
t
n

i
e
d
a
m
s
i

j

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
d
a
,
g
n
i
t
s
e
v
o
t
n
o
i
t
a
e
r
n

l

i
e
g
n
a
h
c
s
n
o
i
t
a
t
c
e
p
x
e
e
r
e
h
W

.
t
s
e
v
o
t
d
e
t
c
e
p
x
e
s
t
h
g
i
r

f
o
r
e
b
m
u
n
e
h
t

f
o
s
n
o
i
t
a
t
c
e
p
x
e

f
i

d
n
a
,

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
h
t
n

i

d
e
v
i
e
c
e
r

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
h
s
a
c
t
n
e
s
e
r
p
e
r

l

t
o
n
s
e
o
d
d
e
s
o
c
s
i
d
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
T
.
r
a
e
y

l

r
a
u
c
i
t
r
a
p
a
n

i

l

d
e
s
o
c
s
i
d
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t
o
t

t
n
e
r
e
f
f
i
d
e
b
o
t

y
l
e
k
i
l

s
i

s
e
s
i
l

a
e
r

y
l
e
t
a
m

i
t
l
u
P
M
K
e
h
t

t
a
h
t

t
fi
e
n
e
b
e
h
t

,
l
l

a
t
a
t
s
e
v

t
o
n
r
o

.
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
d
e
l
t
t
e
s
-
h
s
a
c
o
n
e
r
e
w
e
r
e
h
t
d
n
a
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
d
e
l
t
t
e
s
-
y
t
i
u
q
e
r
e
h
t
o
o
n
e
r
e
w
e
r
e
h
T
.

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
r
u
t
u
f
a
n

i

t
n
u
o
m
a
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
e
h
t

f
o

l

a
s
r
e
v
e
r
n

i

t
l
u
s
e
r

y
a
m

t
e
m

t
o
n
e
r
a
s
n
o
i
t
i
d
n
o
c
g
n
i
t
s
e
v

)

8

(

)

9

(

l

.
t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e
s
’
y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

s
e
v
a
e

l

e
h
n
e
h
w
e
s
p
a

l

l
l
i

w
n
e
k
c
a
r
B
r
M
y
b
d
e
h
e
b
a
t

l

l

s
i
h
t
n

i

s
t
h
g
i
r
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
p
e
h
T
.
7
1
0
2
y
l
u
J
9
1
n
o
P
M
K
a
s
a
n
w
o
d
d
e
p
p
e
t
s
n
e
k
c
a
r
B
r
 M

)

0
1
(

.
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
i
t
a
u
n
n
a
r
e
p
u
s

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
a
g
n
d
u
c
n

i

l

i

,
s
e
v
i
t
u
c
e
x
E
e
h
t

y
b
d
e
t
n
e
m
e
p
m

l

i

t
n
e
m
e
g
n
a
r
r
a
e
c
fi
i
r
c
a
s

y
r
a

l

a
s

y
n
a
d
n
a
s
e
c
n
e
s
b
a
d
e
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
m

r
e
t

t
r
o
h
s

s
e
d
u
c
n

l

i

d
i
a
p
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r
e
h
t

l

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
e
h
c
a
e
f
o
t
n
u
o
m
a
d
n
a
e
r
u
t
a
n
e
h
t

f
o
s
l
i
a
t
e
d
s
w
o
h
s

t
I

.
1
0
0
2
t
c
A
s
n
o
i
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C
e
h
t

f
o
A
0
0
3
n
o
i
t
c
e
s
h
t
i
w
e
c
n
a
d
r
o
c
c
a
n

i

d
e
r
a
p
e
r
p
n
e
e
b
s
a
h
e
b
a
t
g
n
w
o

i

l

l
l

o
f
e
h
T

P
M
K
E
V
I
T
U
C
E
X
E
R
O
F
S
E
M
O
C
T
U
O
N
O
I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R
.
7

n

i

r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d
d
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

l

t
c
e
fl
e
r
d
e
s
o
c
s
i
d
s
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

,
s
e
v
i
t
n
e
c
n

i

n
o
i
t
n
e
t
e
r
d
n
a
s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
e
s
a
c
e
h
t
n

I

.

d
o
i
r
e
p
s
i
h
t
n

i

d
e
d
i
v
o
r
p
s
e
c
i
v
r
e
s

r
o
f
d
e
d
r
a
w
a
r
o

%

f
o
%

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

-
e
r
a
h
S

d
e
s
a
b

i

g
n
d
u
l
c
x
E

n
o
i
t
a
n
m
r
e
T

i

g
n
o
L

-
n
o
N

f
o
g
n
i
t
s
i
s
n
o
c

d
e
t
a
l

e
r

t
n
e
m
y
a
p

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
h
t
o
&

e
c

i
v
r
e
s

-
r
e
p
u
S

y
r
a
t
e
n
o
m

n
o
-
n
g
i
S

h
s
a
C

e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l
a
t
o
T

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
m

r
e
t
-
g
n
o
L

t
s
o
P

)
5
(
s
t
fi
e
n
e
b

t
n
e
m
y
o
p
m
e

l

l

s
t
fi
e
n
e
b
e
e
y
o
p
m
e
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
S

n
a
h
t

s
s
e

l

r
o
e
r
o
m
e
b
y
a
m
h
c
i
h
w

,
r
a
e
y
e
h
t
g
n
i
r
u
d

l

a
u
d
i
v
i
d
n

i
e
h
t
o
t
d
i
a
p
y
l
l

a
u
t
c
a
t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

t
c
e
fl
e
r

y
l
i
r
a
s
s
e
c
e
n
t
o
n
s
e
o
d
s
i
h
t

y
l

i

g
n
d
r
o
c
c
a
d
n
a
s
d
r
a
d
n
a
t
s
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
t
n
a
v
e
e
r
h
t
i
w
e
c
n
a
d
r
o
c
c
a

l

.
e
g
a
p
g
n
w
o

i

l
l

o
f
e
h
t
n
o
s
e
b
a
t
e
h
t
n

l

i

n
w
o
h
s

t
n
u
o
m
a
e
h
t

52  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

7.1 UNVESTED PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

Details of performance rights granted to KMP under the previous equity incentive plans that remain unvested as at 29 July 2017 are set 

out in the table below:

Grant type

Rights (EPS hurdle)(1)

Rights (TSR hurdle)(1)

Value per 

Vesting date (if holder  

Number of 

instrument at 

remains employed by a  

Grant date

instruments

grant date $

Myer Group company)

Expiry date

15 Dec 2014

15 Dec 2014

215,624

431,250

215,624

Rights (Business Transformation hurdle)(1)

15 Dec 2014

Rights (Service hurdle)(1,2)

Rights (Service hurdle)(3)

Rights (ROFE hurdle)

Rights (Sales/SQM hurdle)

Rights (Service hurdle)(3)

Rights (ROFE hurdle)

Rights (EPS hurdle)

Rights (TSR hurdle)

Total

15 Dec 2014

375,000

5 Jan 2016

5 Jan 2016

5 Jan 2016

22 Dec 2016

173,913

1,359,781

1,359,781

149,711

22 Dec 2016

1,184,031

22 Dec 2016

22 Dec 2016

592,017

592,017

6,648,749 

$1.08

$0.30

$1.08

$1.08

$1.01

$1.01

$1.01

$1.34

$1.25

$1.25

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2017

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2017

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2017

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2017

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2018

End of Performance Period 31 Oct 2020

End of Performance Period 31 Oct 2020

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2019

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2019

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2019

$0.84

End of Performance Period

31 Oct 2019

(1) 

 The Board considers it important that participants are protected from the dilutive impacts of a rights issue in which they are ineligible to participate. 
The Board therefore determined in August 2015, in accordance with the terms of the FY2014 and FY2015 LTI awards, to adjust the number of shares that may 
be provided on exercise of the performance rights to take into account the dilution in the value of the Company following the entitlement offer made in 
September 2015 so that performance rights holders are not disadvantaged as a result of the rights issue. The number of shares which a performance rights 
holder is entitled to be provided with in the event that the relevant performance rights vest will be calculated in accordance with the following calculation: 

= PR x (B/A)

  where:

 PR = the total number of shares the performance rights holder is entitled to be provided with on exercise of a performance right prior to the entitlement 
offer; 

 A = the theoretical price (Theoretical Ex-Rights Price or TERP) at which Myer shares should trade immediately after the ex-date for the Entitlement Offer 
(being $1.1329); and

B = the share price at which Myer shares traded at the close of business on the day immediately prior to the Entitlement Offer (being $1.21).

(2)   These performance rights apply to Mr Umbers (250,000 rights) and Mr Bracken (125,000 rights). Mr Bracken’s performance rights will lapse in October 2017 

as a result of him leaving the Company’s employment. 

(3)   These performance rights apply to Mr Devonport.

Details of performance rights over ordinary shares in the Company currently provided as remuneration and granted during the current 

year to executive KMP are set out below. Further information on the LTIP is set out in note H4 of the Financial Statements.

7.2 EQUITY INSTRUMENTS GRANTED TO KMP

Name

R Umbers

D Bracken(3)

G Devonport

A Sutton

Value of 

Number of 
performance  
rights granted(1)

performance rights 
at grant date(2)  
$

808,443

673,703

739,201

296,429

1,080,000

900,000

987,500

396,000

Vesting Date

27-Jul-19

27-Jul-19

27-Jul-19

27-Jul-19

Number of  
rights vested 

Value of rights  
at vest date  

during the period

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

11,145

14,154

(1) 

 No performance rights were granted to Non-Executive Directors during the reporting period.

(2)   The VWAP for the allocation of the 2017 grant was $1.3359.

(3)   Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017. The performance rights in this table held by Mr Bracken will lapse when he leaves the Company’s 

employment.

7.3 SHARES PROVIDED ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

There were no ordinary shares in the Company provided as a result of the exercise of options to any director of the Company and KMP. 

No amounts are unpaid on any share provided on the exercise of options.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

7.4 LONG TERM INCENTIVES ON ISSUE

For each grant of options or grant of performance rights included in this report, the percentage of the grant that was paid, or that 

vested, in the financial year, and the percentage and value that was forfeited because the service and performance criteria were not met 

is set out below. Options and performance rights vest provided the vesting conditions or performance hurdles are met. No options or 

performance rights will vest if the hurdles (either service or performance) are not satisfied, therefore the minimum value of the options 

or performance rights yet to vest is nil. 

Name

R Umbers

D Bracken(3)

G Devonport

A Sutton

Grant date

22 Dec 2016

5 Jan 2016

15 Dec 2014(2)

22 Dec 2016

5 Jan 2016

15 Dec 2014

22 Dec 2016

5 Jan 2016

22 Dec 2016

5 Jan 2016

15 Dec 2014(2)

27 Nov 2013

Expiry date

31 Oct 2019

31 Oct 2020

31 Oct 2017

31 Oct 2019

31 Oct 2020

31 Oct 2017

31 Oct 2019

31 Oct 2020

31 Oct 2019

31 Oct 2020

31 Oct 2017

31 Oct 2016

Vested  

%

Forfeited  

performance  

%

rights

value of grant yet 
to be expensed(1)

Value of vested 

Maximum total 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 - 

 - 

 - 

12.50

87.50

 14,154 

1,051,232

591,630

16,710

 87,138 

 - 

8,135

417,545

532,884

209,965

71,285

8,696

-

(1) 

 This represents the maximum accounting value of the LTI awards (rights) as at their grant date.

(2)   The rights granted under the FY2015 LTIP will be tested for vesting following the release of the FY2017 results and details disclosed in the FY2018 

Remuneration Report.

(3)   Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017. The performance rights referred to in this table held by Mr Bracken which might otherwise have vested in 

2017 will lapse in October 2017. All other rights will lapse when he leaves the Company’s employment. 

8. EXECUTIVE SERVICE AGREEMENTS

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and other KMP are formalised in service agreements. The termination 

provisions for KMP, as set out in their service agreements, are described below:

Name

R Umbers

D Bracken(1)

G Devonport

A Sutton

(1) 

 Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017.

Termination notice 

Termination notice 

Termination payment 

period initiated  

period initiated  

where initiated  

Contract type

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

Rolling contract

by KMP

6 months

3 months

6 months

3 months

by Company

12 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

by Company

12 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

54  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

9. EQUITY 

The number of rights over ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial period by executive KMP of the Group, including their 

personally related parties, are set out below. No rights over ordinary shares are held by Non-Executive Directors.

2017(3)

R Umbers

D Bracken(2)

G Devonport

A Sutton

2016(3)

R Umbers

D Bracken

G Devonport

A Sutton

Opening 

Granted as 

balance

compensation

Exercised

Lapsed

1,507,879

1,226,357

858,695

627,202

568,749

443,749

-

359,409

808,443

673,703

739,201

296,429

939,130

782,608

858,695

313,042

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(11,145)

(78,015)

-

-

-

(45,249)

-

-

-

-

Closing 
balance(1)

2,316,322

1,900,060

1,597,896

834,471

1,507,879

1,226,357

858,695

627,202

(1) 

 All vested rights are exercisable at the end of the period.

(2)   Mr Bracken stepped down as a KMP on 19 July 2017. The performance rights referred to in this table granted to Mr Bracken in 2016 and 2017 will lapse when he 

leaves the Company’s employment.

(3)   As noted on page 53 above, the number of shares Mr Umbers and Mr Sutton will be entitled to be provided with in the event performance rights awarded to 
them under the 2014 and 2015 LTI awards vest has been adjusted in accordance with the terms of those awards. If performance rights under the 2014 and 
2015 LTI awards vest, the adjustments will result in an additional 38,706 and 15,312 (respectively) shares being provided in relation to performance rights 
under the 2014 LTI plan, and an additional 63,912 and 21,304 (respectively) shares being provided in relation to performance rights under the 2015 LTI plan. 
An additional 58,438 shares would be provided to Mr Devonport in respect of the 2015 LTI award based on the same adjustment. Mr Devonport did not 
participate in the 2014 LTI award. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

The number of shares in the Company held during the financial period by each director of the Company and other KMP of the Group, 

including their personally related parties are set out below. There were no shares granted during the reporting period as compensation. 

Received on 

vesting of rights to 

Other changes  

Opening balance

deferred shares

during the year

Closing balance

2017

Directors

P McClintock

A Brennan

I Cornell

C Froggatt

J Stephenson(1)

R Thorn

D Whittle

Other KMP

R Umbers

D Bracken(2)

G Devonport

A Sutton

2016

Directors

P McClintock

A Brennan

I Cornell

C Froggatt

R Thorn

D Whittle

R Myer(3)

Other KMP

R Umbers

D Bracken(2)

G Devonport

A Sutton

258,400

75,122

16,000

24,056

-

225,400

-

212,230

50,000

252,000

45,249

181,000

53,658

10,000

10,040

161,000

-

733,999

-

50,000

-

25,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

114,617

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12,345

-

-

-

11,145

(45,249)

77,400

21,464

6,000

14,016

64,400

-

188,680

212,230

-

252,000

20,249

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

258,400

75,122

16,000

24,056

-

225,400

12,345

326,847

50,000

252,000

11,145

258,400

75,122

16,000

24,056

225,400

-

922,679

212,230

50,000

252,000

45,249

(1) 

 Ms Stephenson was appointed as a Director on 28 November 2016.

(2)   Mr Bracken stepped down as KMP on 19 July 2017.

(3)   Mr Myer ceased to be a Director of the Company on 20 November 2015.

10. LOANS 

There were no loans made to KMP or entities related to them, including their personally related parties, or other transactions at any time 

during FY2016 or FY2017. 

11. DEALING IN SECURITIES

Under the Securities Dealing Policy, directors and senior executives are prohibited from entering into hedging arrangements with respect 

to the Company’s securities. A copy of the Securities Dealing Policy is available on the Myer Investor Centre website.

12. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands upon and responsibilities of those directors. The Board, on 

recommendation of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee, reviews non-executive directors’ fees and payments at least 

once a year. As part of that review, the Board considers the advice of independent remuneration consultants in relation to:

 > Chairman’s fees and payments;

 > non-executive directors’ fees and payments; and

 > payments made in relation to the Chairman of committees or for other specific tasks that may be performed by directors. 

56  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNER ATION REPORT 

Continued

Non-executive directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate directors’ fee pool limit as approved from time to time by Myer 

shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. The maximum aggregate limit includes superannuation contributions for the benefit of non-

executive directors and any fees which a non-executive director agrees to sacrifice for other benefits. It does not include reimbursement 

of genuine out of pocket expenses, genuine special exertions fees paid in accordance with the Company’s constitution, or certain issues 

of securities under ASX Listing Rule 10.11 or 10.14, with the approval of shareholders. The current maximum aggregate fee pool limit is 

$2,150,000 per annum. The aggregate fee pool limit has not changed since the Company was listed in November 2009. 

Base fees for non-executive directors include payment for participation on Board Committees, however an additional payment is made 

to those who serve as Chairman on a committee to recognise the additional responsibility and time requirements involved in chairing a 

committee. Base fees for non-executive directors were not increased in FY2017 and have not increased since 2009.

During FY2017, at the suggestion of the Chairman, the Board resolved to reduce the base annual fee for his role by $50,000 per annum 

effective from the beginning of FY2018. This will be reflected in the FY2018 Remuneration Report. 

The following yearly fees applied in FY2017:

Base annual fees

Chairman (all inclusive)

Other Non-Executive Directors

Additional annual fees

Audit Finance and Risk Committee – Chairman

Audit Finance and Risk Committee – member

Human Resources and Remuneration Committee – Chairman

Human Resources and Remuneration Committee – member

Nomination Committee – Chairman

Nomination Committee – member

$400,000 

$150,000

$30,000

–

$22,500

–

–

–

Non-executive directors do not receive performance based pay. However, they are able to purchase shares in the Company, which can 

be acquired on market during approved trading ‘windows’ for share trading consistent with the Company’s Securities Dealing Policy.

Non-executive directors are not entitled to any additional remuneration upon retirement. Superannuation contributions required by 

legislation are made from the fee paid to directors and fall within the aggregate fee pool limit. 

The table below shows the remuneration amounts recorded in the financial statements in the period for non-executive directors: 

Cash salary  

FY

(incl. Committee fees)

Superannuation

Total

Name

Non-executive directors

P McClintock

A Brennan

I Cornell

C Froggatt

J Stephenson(1)

R Thorn

D Whittle

Former non-executive directors

R Myer

Total non-executive directors

(1)  Ms Stephenson was appointed as a Director on 28 November 2016.

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

380,384

380,692

162,900

162,900

135,750

135,750

156,113

156,113

80,730

-

135,750

135,750

135,750

79,188

-

70,734

1,187,377

1,121,127

19,616

19,308

17,100

17,100

14,250

14,250

16,387

16,387

8,474

-

14,250

14,250

14,250

8,312

-

6,718

104,327

96,325

400,000

400,000

180,000

180,000

150,000

150,000

172,500

172,500

89,204

-

150,000

150,000

150,000

87,500

-

77,452

1,291,704

1,217,452

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FI NANCIAL 
S TA TEMENTS

FO R  THE PERIO D  END ED  29  JULY  2017

Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
A.  Group performance 
A1  Segment information 
A2  Revenue 
A3  Expenses 
A4  Income tax 
A5  Earnings per share 

B.  Working capital 
B1  Trade and other receivables and prepayments 

B2  Inventories 

B3  Trade and other payables 

C.  Capital employed 
C1  Property, plant and equipment 

C2  Intangible assets 

C3  Provisions 

C4  Deferred income 

D.  Net debt 
D1  Cash and cash equivalents 
D2  Reconciliation of profit after income tax  

to net cash inflow from operating activities 

D3  Borrowings 

59 

60 

61 
62 

63

64 
64 
66 
67 
69

70 

71 

71

72 

74 

77 

79

80 

80 
81

E.  Risk management 
E1  Financial risk management 

E2  Derivative financial instruments 

F.  Equity 
F1  Contributed equity 

F2  Retained earnings and reserves 

F3  Dividends 

G.  Group structure 
G1  Subsidiaries 
G2  Deed of cross guarantee 
G3  Parent entity financial information 
G4  Equity accounted investment 

H.  Other information 
H1  Contingencies 
H2  Commitments 
H3  Related party transactions 
H4  Share-based payments 
H5  Remuneration of auditors 
H6  Events occurring after the reporting period 

I.  Other accounting policies 

82 

88

90 

92 

94

95 
96 
99 
100

101 
101 
102 
102 
104 
104

105 

58  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

Total sales value

Concession sales

Sale of goods

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods

Other operating revenue

Cost of goods sold 

Operating gross profit 

Other income

Selling expenses 

Administration expenses 

Share of net profit/(loss) of equity-accounted associate

Dilution of investment in equity-accounted associate

Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets

Earnings before interest and tax 

Finance revenue 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense

Profit for the period attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited

Earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company:

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2017  

2016  

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

Notes

$’000

$’000

A2

 3,201,866 

 3,289,568 

 (701,678)

 (610,553)

A2

 2,500,188 

 2,679,015 

 (34,847)

 (38,861)

A2

A2

 2,465,341 

 2,640,154 

 176,485 

 161,689 

 (1,421,394)

 (1,527,552)

 1,220,432 

 1,274,291 

 - 

 71 

 (819,055)

 (842,217)

 (292,212)

 (318,039)

G4

G4

A3

A2

A3

A4

A5

A5

 (1,176)

 (1,338)

 (65,615)

 41,036 

 436 

 (11,259)

 (10,823)

 30,213 

 (18,274)

 11,939 

 (620)

 - 

 (18,250)

 95,236 

 906 

 (15,447)

 (14,541)

 80,695 

 (20,152)

 60,543 

 Cents 

 Cents 

1.5 

1.4 

7.7 

7.7 

59

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

  Cash flow hedges

  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners of Myer Holdings Limited

Notes

F2

F2

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

$’000

 11,939 

$’000

 60,543 

 547 

 329 

 876 

 12,815 

 (14,486)

 (221)

 (14,707)

 45,836 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

60  Myer Annual Report 2017

CONSOLIDATED BAL ANCE SHEET 

as at 29 July 2017

ASSETS

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables and prepayments

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Derivative financial instruments

Investment in associate

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Provisions

Deferred income

Derivative financial instruments 

Current tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Provisions

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Derivative financial instruments 

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY 

Contributed equity

Retained earnings

Reserves

Total equity

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

2017 

$'000 

2016 
$'000 

D1

B1

B2

E2

C1

C2

E2

G4

B3

C3

C4

E2

D3

C3

C4

A4

E2

F1

F2

F2

 30,591 

 27,602 

 45,207 

 37,883 

 372,374 

 396,297 

 - 

 351 

 430,567 

 479,738 

 460,211 

 445,379 

 985,657 

 1,019,671 

 - 

 - 

 2,094 

 80 

 9,203 

 2,271 

 1,447,962 

 1,476,604 

 1,878,529 

 1,956,342 

 379,740 

 400,590 

 87,295 

 9,817 

 7,944 

 1,627 

 591 

 94,228 

 10,812 

 7,127 

 7,033 

 795 

 487,014 

 520,585 

 143,367 

 13,821 

 75,927 

 84,574 

 958 

 318,647 

 805,661 

 147,273 

 19,754 

 69,702 

 88,444 

 2,819 

 327,992 

 848,577 

 1,072,868 

 1,107,765 

 739,329 

 342,146 

 (8,607)

 739,338 

 379,483 

 (11,056)

 1,072,868 

 1,107,765 

61

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUIT Y 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

Contributed 

Retained 

Notes

equity  

$'000 

earnings  

Reserves  

$'000 

Balance as at 25 July 2015

Net profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

  Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs

  Dividends paid

  Employee share schemes

Balance as at 30 July 2016

Net profit for the period

Other comprehensive income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

  Acquisition of treasury shares

Issue of treasury shares to employees

  Dividends paid

  Employee share schemes

F1

F3

F2

F1

F1

F3

F2

 524,755 

 335,366 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 214,583 

 - 

 - 

 60,543 

 - 

 60,543 

 - 

 (16,426)

 - 

 214,583 

 (16,426)

$'000 

 2,895 

 - 

 (14,707)

 (14,707)

 - 

 - 

 756 

 756 

Total 

$'000 

 863,016 

 60,543 

 (14,707)

 45,836 

 214,583 

 (16,426)

 756 

 198,913 

 739,338 

 379,483 

 (11,056)

 1,107,765 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (196)

 187 

 - 

 - 

 11,939 

 - 

 11,939 

 - 

 - 

 (49,276)

 - 

 (9 )

 (49,276)

 - 

 876 

 876 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 1,573 

 1,573 

 11,939 

 876 

 12,815 

 (196)

 187 

 (49,276)

 1,573 

 (47,712)

Balance as at 29 July 2017

 739,329 

 342,146 

 (8,607)

 1,072,868 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

62  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CA SH FLOWS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax)

Other income

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Payments for intangible assets

Payment for acquisition of assets, under business combination 

Lease incentives and contributions received

Net investment in associate

Interest received 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 

Repayment of borrowings, net of transaction costs

Dividends paid to equity holders of the parent

Payment for acquisition of treasury shares 

Proceeds from the issue of shares, net of transaction costs

Other

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

Notes

$’000

$’000

 2,931,853 

 3,101,149 

 (2,744,651)

 (2,915,467)

 187,202 

 185,682 

 - 

 (10,165)

 (27,759)

 149,278 

 (88,452)

 (24,217)

 (13,000)

 16,758 

 (966)

 421 

 71 

 (15,894)

 (20,369)

 149,490 

 (40,479)

 (11,891)

 - 

 1,856 

 (8,680)

 943 

D2

G1

 (109,456)

 (58,251)

 (5,000)

 (295,000)

F3

 (49,276)

 (16,426)

 (196)

 - 

 34 

 - 

 212,011 

 60 

 (54,438)

 (99,355)

 (14,616)

 45,207 

 30,591 

 (8,116)

 53,323 

 45,207 

D1

63

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A. GROUP PERFORMANCE

This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the 

performance of the Group during the period, including the applicable accounting policies applied and significant estimates and 

judgements made.

A1 SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer that are used to make 

strategic decisions about the allocation of resources.

The Chief Executive Officer considers the business based on total store and product portfolio, and has identified that the Group 

operates in Australia in the department store retail segment.

The Group also undertakes activities outside the department store retail business through its subsidiaries, sass & bide and FSS Retail 

Pty Ltd. On the basis that this aspect of the business represents less than 10% of the total Group's operations and has similar economic 

characteristics to the department store retail business, it has not been disclosed as a separate reporting segment.

Accounting policy

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision 

maker. The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating 

segments, has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer.

A2 REVENUE

Sales revenue

Total sales value

Concession sales

Sale of goods

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods

Other operating revenue

Concessions revenue

Other

Finance revenue

Interest revenue

Total revenue

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

$’000

$’000

 3,201,866 

 3,289,568 

 (701,678)

 (610,553)

 2,500,188 

 2,679,015 

 (34,847)

 (38,861)

 2,465,341 

 2,640,154 

 158,055 

 18,430 

 176,485 

 140,416 

 21,273 

 161,689 

 436 

 906 

 2,642,262 

 2,802,749 

Other includes revenue in relation to the gift card non-redemption income, forfeited lay-by deposits and financial services income. 

64  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A2 REVENUE (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

Total sales value presented in the income statement represents proceeds from sale of goods (both from the Group and concession 

operators) and prior to the deferral of revenue under the Myer customer loyalty program. Concession sales presented in the income 

statement represents sales proceeds of concession operators within Myer stores. Total sales value is disclosed to show the total 

sales generated by the Group and provide a basis of comparison with similar department stores.

Revenue from the sale of goods, excluding lay-by transactions, is recognised at the point of sale and is after deducting taxes 

paid, and does not include concession sales. Allowance is made for expected sales returns based on past experience of returns 

and expectations about the future. A provision for sales returns is recognised based on this assessment. Revenue from lay-by 

transactions is recognised as part of revenue from the sale of goods at the date upon which the customer satisfies all payment 

obligations and takes possession of the merchandise.

Revenue from sale of goods excludes concession sales in Myer stores on the basis that the inventory sold is owned by the concession 

operator at the time of sale and not the Group. The Group’s share of concession sales is recognised as revenue within other 

operating revenue at the time the sale is made. 

Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method. Dividends are recognised as revenue 

when the right to receive payment is established.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements – customer loyalty program

The Group operates a loyalty program where customers accumulate award points for purchases made which entitle them 

to discounts on future purchases. The award points are recognised as a separately identifiable component of the initial sale 

transaction, by allocating the fair value of the consideration received between the award points and the other components of the 

sale such that the award points are recognised at their fair value. Revenue from the award points is recognised when the points 

are redeemed. The amount of revenue is based on the number of points redeemed relative to the total number expected to be 

redeemed. Award points expire 24 months after the initial sale.

65

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A3 EXPENSES

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Employee benefits expenses

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Other employee benefits expenses

Total employee benefits expenses

Depreciation, amortisation and write-off expense

Finance costs

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

Fair value losses on interest rate swap cash flow hedges, transferred from equity

Finance costs expensed

Rental expense relating to operating leases

Minimum lease payments

Contingent rentals

Total rental expense relating to operating leases

Net foreign exchange gains

Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets

The following individually significant items are included within restructuring and store exit costs, onerous  

lease expense and impairment of assets in the consolidated income statement:

Restructuring and redundancy costs1

Store exit costs and other asset impairments2

Support office onerous lease expense and impairment of assets3

Income tax benefit 

Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets, net of tax 

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

$’000

$’000

 38,313 

 426,161 

 39,528 

 456,174 

 464,474 

 495,702 

 91,480 

 92,758 

 9,071 

 2,188 

 11,259 

 13,146 

 2,301 

 15,447 

 227,468 

 228,955 

 2,607 

 4,522 

 230,075 

 233,477 

 (12,632)

 (5,737)

 6,347 

 48,058 

 11,210 

 65,615 

 (9,606)

 56,009 

 5,754 

 12,496 

 - 

 18,250 

 (9,531)

 8,719 

1 

2. 

3. 

 The Group has completed several restructuring programs during the period resulting in redundancy and other costs being incurred or committed but not 
yet paid. Refer to note C3 for more information. 

 Store exit costs and other asset impairments includes net costs associated with store and distribution centre space optimisation during or after the end of 
the period that have been committed to prior to the end of the period (2016: net costs associated with announcement of Brookside, Orange, Wollongong 
and Logan store closures, new store terminations and space optimisation). The Group also recognised an impairment of the sass & bide goodwill and brand 
name totalling $38.8 million and a write-down of the investment in Austradia Pty Limited of $6.8 million. Refer to note C1, C2, C3 and G4 for more 
information. 

 In March 2017, the Group entered into an agreement to hand back surplus space in the support office. A portion of this space was provided for as part of 
the onerous lease provision recorded in FY15, with further excess space subsequently identified due to ongoing restructuring completed. The Group has 
recognised a $9.1 million onerous lease provision relating to further surplus space identified. This provision expense is partially offset by the write-back of 
the fixed lease rental increase provision and deferred income associated with this space. The assets associated with this surplus space were impaired and 
included in this amount. Refer to note C1, C3 and C4 for more information.

Accounting policy

The expenses disclosed above are also disclosed in the following sections of the financial statements:

 > Employee benefits expenses – refer to note C3

 > Depreciation and amortisation expense – refer to note C1 and C2

 > Finance costs – refer to note D3 and E2

 > Rental expense relating to operating leases – refer to note H2

 > Net foreign exchange gains – refer to note F2

Individually Significant Items 

Certain items have been separately disclosed and presented as individually significant based on the nature and/or impact these 

items have on the Group’s financial performance for the period. 

66  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A4 INCOME TAX

(a) Income tax expense

(i) Income tax expense

Current tax

Deferred tax

Income tax expense1

Deferred income tax expense included in income tax expense comprises:

Decrease/(Increase) in deferred tax assets 

(Decrease)/Increase in deferred tax liabilities 

(ii) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax expense 

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2016: 30%)

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:

  Non-deductible asset impairments 

  Non-deductible losses

  Applied capital losses not previously recognised 

  Sundry items

  Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

Income tax expense1

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

$’000

$’000

 23,925 

 (5,651)

 18,274 

 26,740 

 (6,588)

 20,152 

 2,359 

 (8,010)

 (5,651)

 1,094 

 (8,065)

 (6,971)

 30,213 

 9,064 

 80,695 

 24,208 

 10,156 

 754 

 - 

 (278)

 19,696 

 (1,422)

 18,274 

 - 

 880 

 (4,038)

 (383)

 20,667 

 (515)

 20,152 

1. 

 Income tax expense includes an income tax benefit of $9.6 million (2016: $9.5 million) attributable to the restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease 
expense and impairment of assets recorded during the period. Refer to note A3 for more information.

67

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

2017  

$'000 

2016  

$'000 

 15,744 

 18,692 

 2,543 

 5,306 

 1,147 

 43,432 

 (43,432)

 - 

 45,352 

 (2,359)

 (31)

 - 

 470 

 18,202 

 17,763 

 3,304 

 4,374 

 1,709 

 45,352 

 (45,352)

 - 

 44,377 

 (1,596)

 - 

 2,571 

 - 

 43,432 

 45,352 

 421 

 6,985 

 122,424 

 123,965 

 4,524 

 637 

 128,006 

 (43,432)

 84,574 

 2,121 

 725 

 133,796 

 (45,352)

 88,444 

 133,796 

 (8,010)

 2,220 

 141,861 

 (8,065)

 - 

 128,006 

 133,796 

A4 INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

(b) Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets comprise temporary differences attributable to:

Employee benefits

Non-employee provisions and accruals

Amortising deductions

Trading stock

Tax losses

Total deferred tax assets

Set off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set off provisions 

Net deferred tax assets

Movement

Carrying amount at beginning of period

Credited/(charged) to income statement 

Credited/(charged) to other comprehensive income

Credited/(charged) to contributed equity

Business combination

Carrying amount at end of period

(c) Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities comprise temporary differences attributable to:

Property, plant, equipment and software

Brand names

Deferred income

Sundry items

Set off of deferred tax assets pursuant to set off provisions 

Net deferred tax liabilities

Movement

Carrying amount at beginning of period

Charged/(credited) to income statement 

Acquisition of brand name

Carrying amount at end of period

68  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A4 INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national 

income tax rate adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax 

bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are 

recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted. The relevant tax rates are 

applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. 

An exemption is made for certain temporary differences if they arise in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the 

time of the transaction did not affect accounting profit or taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible 

temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 

temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities 

and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where 

the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the 

liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity are also 

recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity.

Deferred tax measurement of indefinite life intangible assets

In November 2016, the IFRS Interpretations Committee published an agenda decision relating to the expected manner of recovery 

of indefinite life intangible assets for the purpose of measuring deferred taxes, in accordance with AASB 112 Income Taxes. The 

Interpretations Committee noted that the fact that an entity does not amortise an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life does 

not mean that the entity will recover the carrying amount of that asset only through sale and not through use. Based on this agenda 

decision, the Group determines that the expected recovery of the carrying amount will be through use and has retrospectively 

changed its accounting policy for deferred tax liabilities recorded in relation to intangible assets with an indefinite useful life.

The impact of this change on the Consolidated Balance Sheet is a retrospective increase of $115.5 million to goodwill (refer to note 

C2) and deferred tax liabilities. There was no other impact from this accounting policy change. 

Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from 

the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, 

or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities, which are 

recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

A5 EARNINGS PER SHARE

(a) Basic earnings per share

Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

(b) Diluted earnings per share

Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

2017 

cents 

2016 

cents 

1.5

1.4

7.7

7.7

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

(c) Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share

Earnings used in calculation of basic and diluted EPS attributable to ordinary shareholders

 11,939 

 60,543 

69

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

A5 EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)

2017 

2016 

Number 

Number 

(d) Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

 821,278,815   786,845,842 

  Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share - performance rights

 3,167,034 

 2,216,778 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator 

in calculating diluted earnings per share

 824,445,849   789,062,620 

(e) Information concerning the classification of securities

Performance rights granted to employees under the Myer Long Term Incentive Plan are considered to be potential ordinary shares and 

have been included in the determination of diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. The performance rights 

granted have not been included in the determination of basic earnings per share. Details relating to performance rights are set out in 

note H4. All performance rights outstanding at period end have been included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because 

no rights are considered antidilutive for the period ended 29 July 2017.

Accounting policy

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number 

of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial period, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the period 

and excluding treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

 > the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares; and

 > the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all 

dilutive potential ordinary shares.

B. WORKING CAPITAL

This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the assets 

used to generate the Group’s trading performance during the period and liabilities incurred as a result, including the applicable 

accounting policies applied and significant estimates and judgements made.

B1 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

Trade receivables

Provision for impairment 

Other receivables

Prepayments

Fair value and risk exposure

2017 

$'000 

 5,586 

 (763)

 4,823 

 12,273 

 10,506 

 22,779 

 27,602 

2016 

$'000 

 11,565 

 (1,546)

 10,019 

 18,925 

 8,939 

 27,864 

 37,883

Due to the short term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value. The maximum 

exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of receivables mentioned above. 

Information about the Group's exposure to credit risk, foreign currency risk and interest rate risk in relation to trade and other 

receivables and the Group's financial risk management policy is provided in note E1. 

70  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

B1 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off by 

reducing the carrying amount directly. An allowance account (provision for impairment of receivables) is established when there is 

objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. Cash 

flows relating to short term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial. 

The amount of the impairment loss is recognised as an expense in the income statement. When a trade receivable for which an 

impairment allowance had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against the allowance 

account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against other expenses in the income statement.

B2 INVENTORIES

Retail inventories

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 372,374 

 396,297 

Provision for write-down of inventories to net realisable value amounted to $10.6 million (2016: $12.7 million). This was recognised as an 

expense during the period and included in cost of sales in the income statement.

Accounting policy

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method, 

after deducting any purchase settlement discount and including logistics expenses incurred in bringing the inventories to their 

present location and condition.

Volume-related supplier rebates and supplier promotional rebates are recognised as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are 

recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold when the inventory is sold.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements - recoverable amount of inventory

Management has assessed the value of inventory that is likely to be sold below cost using past experience and judgement on the 

likely sell through rates of various items of inventory, and booked a provision for this amount. To the extent that these judgements 

and assumptions prove incorrect, the Group may be exposed to potential additional inventory write-downs in future periods.

B3 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables

Other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing.

Accounting policy

2017 

$'000 

 181,917 

 197,823 

2016 

$'000 

 188,511 

 212,079 

 379,740 

 400,590 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial period which are 

unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 to 90 days of recognition. Trade and other payables are presented 

as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the reporting date.

71

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C. CAPITAL EMPLOYED

This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the 

capital investment made that allows the Group to generate its trading performance during the period and liabilities incurred as a 

result, including the applicable accounting policies applied and significant estimates and judgements made. 

C1 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

At 25 July 2015

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Period ended 30 July 2016

Freehold 

 Freehold 

 Fixtures  

 Plant and 

works in 

land 

buildings 

and fittings  

equipment  

progress  

$’000

$’000 

$’000

$’000

$’000

 Total 

$’000 

 Capital 

 9,600 

 19,500 

 444,954 

 - 

 (4,470)

 (244,071)

 408,411 

 (174,312)

 9,394 

 891,859 

 - 

 (422,853)

 9,600 

 15,030 

 200,883 

 234,099 

 9,394 

 469,006 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

 9,600 

 15,030 

 200,883 

 234,099 

 9,394 

 469,006 

Additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated depreciation

Impairment1 

Depreciation charge

Exchange differences

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 3,648 

 8,103 

 (16,366)

 14,757 

 (8,338)

 2,228 

 19,845 

 (2,162)

 500 

 - 

 (488)

 (33,402)

 (31,162)

 - 

 (251)

 (48)

 47,967 

 53,843 

 (28,456)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (2 )

 (508)

 (18,528)

 15,257 

 (8,338)

 (65,052)

 (301)

Carrying amount at end of period

 9,600 

 14,542 

 169,034 

 223,300 

 28,903 

 445,379 

At 30 July 2016

Cost

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

Net book amount

Period ended 29 July 2017

 9,600 

 19,500 

 440,088 

 428,274 

 28,903 

 926,365 

 - 

 9,600 

 (4,958)

 14,542 

 (271,054)

 (204,974)

 - 

 (480,986)

 169,034 

 223,300 

 28,903 

 445,379 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

 9,600 

 14,542 

 169,034 

 223,300 

 28,903 

 445,379 

Additions

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated depreciation

Impairment1 

Depreciation charge

Exchange differences

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 18,000 

 16,558 

 (3,725)

 3,515 

 (4,542)

 13,450 

 16,385 

 (7,525)

 5,197 

 - 

 (488)

 (33,333)

 (29,199)

 - 

 (302)

 (47)

 53,967 

 (33,077)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (2 )

 85,417 

 (134)

 (11,250)

 8,712 

 (4,542)

 (63,020)

 (351)

Carrying amount at end of period

 9,600 

 14,054 

 165,205 

 221,561 

 49,791 

 460,211 

At 29 July 2017

Cost

 9,600 

 19,500 

 470,619 

 450,537 

 49,791 

 1,000,047 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

 - 

 (5,446)

 (305,414)

 (228,976)

 - 

 (539,836)

Net book amount

 9,600 

 14,054 

 165,205 

 221,561 

 49,791 

 460,211 

1. 

 Impairment relates to assets associated with store closures, store and distribution centre optimisation and support office onerous lease provision. Refer to 
note A3 for more information.

72  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C1 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the 

acquisition of the items. Cost may also include transfers from equity of any gains/losses on qualifying cash flow hedges of foreign 

currency purchases of property, plant and equipment.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is 

probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured 

reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost net of their 

residual values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 > Buildings 

 > Fixtures and fittings 

40 years 

(2016: 40 years)

3 – 12.5 years 

(2016: 3 – 12.5 years)

 > Plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements 

10 – 20 years 

(2016: 10 – 20 years)

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its 

estimated recoverable amount (refer to note C2).

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

73

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C2 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

At 25 July 2015

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 30 July 2016

 Brand 

names and 

 Goodwill  

trademarks  

 Software 

$’000

$’000

$’000 

Lease  

rights 

$’000

 Total 

$’000 

 492,131 

 429,958 

 236,335 

 25,786 

 1,184,210 

 - 

 (3,683)

 (123,133)

 (25,786)

 (152,602)

 492,131 

 426,275 

 113,202 

 - 

 1,031,608 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

 492,131 

 426,275 

 113,202 

Additions 

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated amortisation

Amortisation charge3

Exchange differences

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (8 )

 - 

 12,011 

 508 

 (1,074)

 130 

 (23,483)

 (21)

Carrying amount at end of period

 492,131 

 426,267 

 101,273 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 1,031,608 

 12,011 

 508 

 (1,074)

 130 

 (23,491)

 (21)

 1,019,671 

At 30 July 2016

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Period ended 29 July 2017

 492,131 

 429,958 

 247,759 

 25,786 

 1,195,634 

 - 

 (3,691)

 (146,486)

 (25,786)

 (175,963)

 492,131 

 426,267 

 101,273 

 - 

 1,019,671 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

 492,131 

 426,267 

Additions1 

Transfer between classes

Assets written off – cost

Assets written off – accumulated amortisation

Impairment2

Amortisation charge3

Exchange differences

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,400 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (27,097)

 (11,714)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 101,273 

 23,220 

 134 

 (2,632)

 2,312 

 - 

 (25,602)

 (35)

Carrying amount at end of period

 465,034 

 421,953 

 98,670 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 1,019,671 

 30,620 

 134 

 (2,632)

 2,312 

 (38,811)

 (25,602)

 (35)

 985,657 

At 29 July 2017

Cost

 492,131 

 437,358 

 268,445 

 25,786 

 1,223,720 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

 (27,097)

 (15,405)

 (169,775)

 (25,786)

 (238,063)

Net book amount

 465,034 

 421,953 

 98,670 

 - 

 985,657 

1.  Additions includes the acquisition of the Marcs and David Lawrence brand names. Refer to note G1 for more information.

2. 

Impairment of the sass & bide goodwill and brand name. Refer below for more information.

3.  Amortisation of $25.6 million (2016: $23.5 million) is included in administration and selling expenses in the income statement.

74  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C2 INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

Impairment tests for goodwill and intangibles with an indefinite useful life

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the Myer business amounting to $465 million (2016: $465 million) cannot be allocated to the 

Group’s individual cash generating units (CGU’s) (the Group’s stores), and hence has been allocated to the Myer business as a whole. 

Similarly, brand names which have an indefinite useful life and amounting to $402.8 million (2016: $402.8 million) have been allocated to 

the Myer business as a whole. A separate assessment is also completed over the sass & bide goodwill and brand name.

AASB 136 Impairment of Assets requires goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life to be tested annually for impairment. 

In testing these assets for impairment, the recoverable amount has been determined using a value in use discounted cash flow model. 

This model uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five-year period. Cash flows 

beyond five-year periods are extrapolated using a terminal growth rate. The key assumptions used in the model are as follows:

 > discount rate (pre-tax) 14.4% (2016: 14.4%)

 > terminal growth rate 2.5% (2016: 2.5%)

 > average EBITDA margin 7% (2016: 7.7%)

Management has determined an excess of future cash flows over asset carrying values of the Myer CGU. Management are continually 

monitoring and responding to the rapidly changing retail environment and update the impact these changes have on key assumptions 

used to estimate the carrying value of the CGU.

During the period, a review of the carrying value of the assets for each Myer store was undertaken and if indicators of impairment are 

identified, the recoverable amount of these store assets would be determined using a value in use discounted cash flow model. This 

model uses cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five year period. The key assumptions 

in the model are consistent with those noted above. Based on this, no indicators of impairment were identified at a Myer store level. 

sass & bide

The goodwill arising on the acquisition of the sass & bide business was $27.1 million (2016: $27.1 million) and the sass & bide brand name, 

which has an indefinite useful life, was $23.5 million (2016: $23.5 million). The goodwill and brand name cannot be allocated to the 

individual CGU’s (the sass & bide stores), and hence have been allocated to the sass & bide business as a whole. In testing these assets for 

impairment, the recoverable amount has been determined using a value in use discounted cash flow model. This model uses cash flow 

projections based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five year period.

During the period, the carrying value of the sass & bide CGU exceed the recoverable amount and an impairment charge of $38.8 million 

has been recognised in respect of its goodwill ($27.1 million) and brand name ($11.7 million).

The key assumptions to which the valuation outcome is most sensitive relates to sales growth and operating gross profit margin. 

Given sass & bide’s recoverable amount approximates its carrying value, any adverse movements in these key assumptions may lead 

to further impairment.

Accounting policy  

(i) Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for 

impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other non-current 

assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 

be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 

amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing 

impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely 

independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets (cash generating units). For store assets, the appropriate cash 

generating unit is an individual store. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that have previously suffered an impairment are 

reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

(ii) Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as described below under business combinations. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included 

in intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes 

in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses 

on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C2 INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED) 

Accounting policy (continued)

(iii) Brand names and trade marks

The useful life of brands are assessed on acquisition. The brands which are not considered to have foreseeable brand maturity dates 

have been assessed as having indefinite useful lives as there is a view that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which key 

brands are expected to generate net cash inflows for the entity. These brands are therefore not amortised. Instead, these brand 

names are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be 

impaired, and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Brands with a limited useful life are amortised over five years using the straight-line method and are carried at cost less accumulated 

amortisation and impairment losses.

(iv) Computer software

All costs directly incurred in the purchase or development of major computer software or subsequent upgrades and material 

enhancements, which can be reliably measured and are not integral to a related asset, are capitalised as intangible assets. Direct 

costs may include internal payroll and on-costs for employees directly associated with the project. Costs incurred on computer 

software maintenance or during the planning phase are expensed as incurred. Computer software is amortised over the period of 

time during which the benefits are expected to arise, being five to 10 years.

(v) Lease rights

Lease rights represent the amount paid up front to take over store site leases from the existing lessee where such payments are 

in addition to the ongoing payment of normal market lease rentals. Lease rights are amortised over the term of the lease plus any 

renewal options reasonably certain to be utilised at the time of acquisition of the lease rights.

Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments 

or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the 

assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred also includes 

the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing 

equity interest in the subsidiary. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and 

contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the 

acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at 

fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the 

net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of 

the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present 

value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar 

borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. Contingent consideration is 

classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value 

with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements - impairment

The Group tests annually whether goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the 

accounting policy noted above. The recoverable amount of cash generating units have been determined based on value-in-use 

calculations at a store level. Goodwill and certain intangibles are tested for impairment at the level of the Group as a whole, using 

calculations based on the use of assumptions.

76  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C3 PROVISIONS

Current

Employee benefits

Support office onerous lease (i)

Restructuring (ii)

Workers' compensation (iii)

Sales returns (iv)

Other

Non-current

Employee benefits

Support office onerous lease (i)

Fixed lease rental increases (v)

Other 

(i) Support office onerous lease

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 48,959 

 10,359 

 13,848 

 10,429 

 2,249 

 1,451 

 87,295 

 3,869 

 2,098 

 7,805 

 49 

 56,405 

 3,185 

 18,948 

 10,882 

 2,030 

 2,778 

 94,228 

 4,317 

 6,138 

 9,247 

 52 

 13,821 

 19,754 

The support office onerous lease provision relates to excess office space identified, due to changes completed during the period and 

prior periods, and is estimated based on the discounted future contractual cash flows under a non-cancellable lease expiring in 2022, 

net of future expected rental income. Refer to note A3 for more information. 

(ii) Restructuring

The restructuring provision relates to redundancy costs associated with restructuring of our store labour force and the costs associated 

with the implementation of our store and distribution centre optimisation program committed but not yet paid. Refer to note A3 for 

more information.

(iii) Workers' compensation

The amount represents a provision for workers' compensation claims in certain states, for which the Group is self insured.

(iv) Sales returns

The amount represents a provision for expected sales returns under the Group’s returns policy.

(v) Fixed lease rental increases

The Group is a party to a number of leases that include fixed rental increases during their term. In accordance with AASB 117 Leases, 

the total rentals over these leases are being expensed over the lease term on a straight-line basis. The above provision reflects the 

difference between the future committed payments under these leases and the total future expense. Due to the provision for support 

office onerous lease recognised during the period, a portion of this provision has been written-back to reflect the realigned total future 

expense expected over the remaining lease term. Refer to note A3 for more information.

Movement in provisions

Movement in each class of provision during the financial period, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

Support office 

Workers' 

Sales  

rental 

onerous lease 

Restructuring 

compensation 

returns 

increases 

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

Other 

$’000

Total 

$’000

Fixed lease 

2017 

Carrying amount at beginning of period

Additional provisions recognised 

Provisions reversed 

Amounts utilised

Carrying amount at end of period

 9,323 

 9,048 

 - 

 (5,914)

 12,457 

 18,948 

 9,282 

 - 

 (14,382)

 13,848 

 10,882 

 2,565 

 2,030 

 2,249 

 9,247 

 2,830 

 53,260 

 303 

 15,073 

 38,520 

 - 

 - 

 (1,095)

 - 

 (1,095)

 (3,018)

 (2,030)

 (650)

 (16,403)

 (42,397)

 10,429 

 2,249 

 7,805 

 1,500 

 48,288 

77

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C3 PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Amounts not expected to be settled within the next 12 months

The current provision for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave and long service leave. For long service leave it covers all 

unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service. The entire annual leave amount and 

current portion of the long service leave provision is presented as current since the Group does not have an unconditional right to 

defer settlement for any of these obligations. However, based on past experience, the Group does not expect all employees to take the 

full amount of accrued long service leave or require payment within the next 12 months. The following amounts reflect leave that is not 

expected to be taken or paid within the next 12 months.

Current long service leave obligations expected to be settled after 12 months

2017 

$’000

2016 

$’000

 20,635 

 23,610 

Accounting policy

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable 

that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not 

recognised for future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by 

considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any 

one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 

obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market 

assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

The Group is self-insured for costs relating to workers’ compensation and general liability claims in certain states. Provisions 

are recognised based on claims reported, and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, prior to balance date. These 

provisions are determined utilising an actuarially determined method, which is based on various assumptions including but not 

limited to future inflation, average claim size and claim administrative expenses. These assumptions are reviewed annually and 

any reassessment of these assumptions will affect the workers’ compensation expense.

Employee benefits

(i) Short term obligations

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months after 

the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the 

end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liability for 

annual leave is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other short term employee benefit obligations are presented 

as payables. 

(ii) Other long term employee benefit obligations

The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the 

employees render the related service is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of 

expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the 

projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures 

and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period on 

corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer 

settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting date, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

78  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

C3 PROVISIONS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy (continued)

(iii) Profit sharing and bonus plans

The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the 

profit attributable to the Group’s shareholders after certain adjustments. The Group recognises a provision where contractually 

obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

(iv) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts 

voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed 

to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal 

or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 
12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to present value. 

C4 DEFERRED INCOME

Current

Lease incentives and contributions

Non-current

Lease incentives and contributions

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 9,817 

 10,812 

 75,927 

 85,744 

 69,702 

 80,514 

During the period, an onerous lease provision was recognised relating to further surplus support office space identified under a non-

cancellable lease. This lease agreement included cash landlord contributions that the Group recorded as deferred income and has been 

amortising on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. The deferred income relating to the onerous space has been written-back 

as part of the net support office onerous lease expense. Refer to note A3 for more information.

Accounting policy

A number of lease agreements for stores include cash contributions provided by the lessor for fit-outs as a lease incentive or lease 

contribution. The asset additions from the fit-outs completed are recognised as fixtures and fittings at cost and depreciated on a 

straight-line basis over the asset’s useful life. The lease incentive or lease contribution is presented as deferred income and reversed 

on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

79

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

D. NET DEBT

This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the net 

debt position and structure of the Group’s borrowings for the period, which are key to financing the Group’s activities both now and 

for the future. 

The net debt of the Group as at 29 July 2017 and 30 July 2016 is as follows: 

Total borrowings

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

D1 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand

Cash at bank

Accounting policy

2017 

$'000 

 143,367 

 (30,591)

 112,776 

2017 

$'000 

 2,824 

 27,767 

 30,591 

2016 

$'000 

 147,273 

 (45,207)

 102,066 

2016 

$'000 

 2,800 

 42,407 

 45,207 

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at 

call with financial institutions, other short term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are 

readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.

D2 RECONCILIATION OF PROFIT AFTER INCOME TAX TO NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

2017  

2016 

52 weeks  

53 weeks 

$'000 

 11,939 

 133,853 

 (436)

 1,094 

 1,782 

 1,176 

 1,338 

 329 

 5,720 

 28,449 

 (4,079)

 2,281 

 (15,880)

 (5,406)

 (12,679)

 (203)

$'000 

 60,543 

 93,896 

 (906)

 1,094 

 1,080 

 620 

 - 

 (221)

 (3,457)

 (14,622)

 (6,792)

 5,717 

 (964)

 6,521 

 7,057 

 (76)

 149,278 

 149,490 

Profit for the period

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment, including lease incentives and contributions

Interest income

Interest expense

Share-based payments expense

Share of net (profit)/loss of equity-accounted associate

Dilution of investment in equity-accounted associate

Net exchange differences

Change in operating assets and liabilities

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

  Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax asset

  Decrease/(increase) in derivative financial instruments

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

(Decrease)/increase in current tax payable

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

(Decrease)/increase in other liabilities

Net cash inflow from operating activities

80  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

D3 BORROWINGS

(a) Structure of debt

The debt funding of the Group at 29 July 2017 comprised of a revolving cash advance syndicated facility of $500 million, which contains 

three tranches. This facility was established on 29 October 2009, drawn down on 6 November 2009 and amended and restated on 

3 June 2011, 9 July 2013 and 23 June 2015. At balance date the following amounts were drawn:

Bank loans

Less: transaction costs

Borrowings

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 145,000 

 150,000 

 (1,633)

 143,367 

 (2,727)

 147,273 

The terms and conditions of the Group's revolving cash advance facility is as follows:

Revolving cash advance facility - Tranche A

Revolving cash advance facility - Tranche B

Revolving cash advance facility - Tranche C

Amount

$145 million

$80 million

$275 million

Term

4 years

2 years

4 years

Expiry date

21 August 2019

21 August 2017

21 August 2019

During the period ended 29 July 2017, the Tranche B component of the revolving cash advance facility was reduced from $180 million 

to $80 million resulting in the total facility reducing from $600 million to $500 million. Subsequently on 21 August 2017, Tranche B has 

expired and the total facility has reduced to $420 million.

As the facility is revolving, amounts repaid may be redrawn during their terms.

(b) Security

The revolving cash advance facility in place at 29 July 2017 is unsecured, subject to various representations, undertakings, events of 

default and review events which are usual for a facility of this nature.

(c) Fair value

The fair value of existing borrowings approximates their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not significant.

(d) Risk exposures

Details of the Group's exposure to risks arising from current and non-current borrowings are set out in note E1.

Accounting policy

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at 

amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit 

or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are 

recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this 

case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the 

facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility 

to which it relates.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at 

least 12 months after the reporting period.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to 

complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed.

81

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E. RISK MANAGEMENT

This section provides information relating to the Group’s exposure to various financial risks, how they could affect the Group’s 

financial position and performance and how these risks are managed.

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, cash flow and fair value interest rate 

risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and 

seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Group uses derivative financial instruments 

such as foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge certain risk exposures. Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging 

purposes, i.e. not as trading or other speculative instruments. The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to 

which it is exposed. These methods include sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate and foreign exchange risk, and an aging analysis 

for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out by the Company under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Company identifies, evaluates 

and hedges financial risks. The Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, 

such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, and use of financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency 

that is not the entity’s functional currency.

The Group sources inventory purchases overseas and is exposed to foreign exchange risk, particularly in relation to currency exposures 

to the US dollar.

To minimise the effects of a volatile and unpredictable exchange rate, Group policy is to enter into forward exchange contracts in relation 

to the Group’s overseas purchases for any 18-month period. The actual level of cover taken fluctuates depending on the period until 

settlement of the foreign currency transaction, within the Board approved hedging policy. This policy allows cover to be taken on a sliding 

scale between 0 – 100% depending on the period to maturity (up to 18 months).

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period, expressed in Australian dollars, was as follows:

Trade payables

Forward exchange contracts

Group sensitivity

 USD 

$’000 

 16,770 

 163,851 

2017 

 EURO  

$’000

 540 

 7,773 

 NZD  

$’000

 43 

 - 

 USD  

$’000

 11,147 

 209,151 

2016 

 EURO  

$’000

 413 

 12,587 

 NZD 

$’000 

 121 

 - 

The Group applies a prudent cash flow hedging policy approach whereby all forward exchange contracts in relation to the Group's 

overseas purchases are designated as cash flow hedges at inception. Subsequent testing of effectiveness ensures that all effective hedge 

movements flow through the cash flow hedge reserve within equity. Consistent with this approach, the sensitivity for movements in 

foreign exchange rates for US dollar and Euro denominated financial instruments held at 29 July 2017, as detailed in the above table, will 

flow through equity and will therefore have minimal impact on profit.

Other components of equity would have been $12.1 million lower/$14.8 million higher (2016: $16.6 million lower/$20.2 million higher) had 

the Australian dollar strengthened/weakened by 10% against the US dollar and Euro, arising from foreign exchange contracts designated 

as cash flow hedges. The Group's exposure to other foreign exchange movements is not material.

These sensitivities were calculated based on the Group's period end spot rate for the applicable reporting period.

82  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(a) Market risk (continued)

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as it borrows funds at floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at floating rates expose the 

Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The risk is managed by the use of floating to fixed interest rate swap contracts and the Group 

policy is to fix the rates between 0 and 50% of its average gross debt. This policy applied for the entire period with the exception of the 

period from 23 September 2015 until 22 August 2016 where the policy was temporarily increased to 0 – 80% to accommodate for the 

reduction in average gross debt due to the proceeds received from the entitlement offer. The level of fixed interest rate swaps reduced 

by $50 million due to contract expiry on 22 August 2016, at which point the temporary policy extension has ended and the policy has 

returned to 0 – 50%.

Interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally, the Group raises long 

term borrowings at floating rates and swaps them into fixed rates. Under the interest rate swaps, the Group agrees with other parties to 

exchange, at specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed rates and floating rate interest amounts calculated by 

reference to the agreed notional principal amounts.

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts outstanding:

Bank loans - variable

Interest rate swaps (notional principal amount)

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

2017 

 Weighted average 

interest rate  

%

3.0%

5.2%

2016 

 Weighted average 

interest rate  

%

3.1%

4.8%

 Balance 

$’000 

 145,000 

 (100,000)

 45,000 

 Balance 

$’000 

 150,000 

 (150,000)

 - 

The weighted average interest rates noted above for both borrowings and swaps are inclusive of margins applicable to the underlying 

variable rate borrowings. An analysis by maturities is provided in section (c) below. 

Interest rate exposure is evaluated regularly to confirm alignment with Group policy and to ensure the Group is not exposed to excess risk 

from interest rate volatility.

At 29 July 2017, if interest rates had changed by +/- 10% from the period end rates with all other variables held constant, the impact on 

post-tax profit for the period would have been $0.1 million (2016: nil), mainly as a result of higher/lower interest expense on borrowings.

Other components of equity would not be impacted (2016: $0.2 million higher/$0.2 million lower) as a result of an increase/decrease in 

the fair value of the cash flow hedges of borrowings.

The range of sensitivities has been assumed based on the Group's experience of average interest rate fluctuations in the applicable 

reporting period.

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits 

with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including receivables and committed transactions. For 

banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of 'A' are accepted. Sales to retail customers are 

primarily required to be settled in cash or using major credit cards, mitigating credit risk. Where transactions are settled by way of lay-by 

arrangements, revenue is not recognised until full payment has been received from the customer and goods collected.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of the financial assets as disclosed in 

notes B1, D1 and E2.

The credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings as 

detailed below, historical information about receivables default rates and current trading levels.

Based on the credit history of these classes, it is expected that these amounts will be received and are not impaired. 

83

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(b) Credit risk (continued)

Cash at bank and short term bank deposits

AAA

AA

A

Derivative financial assets

AAA

AA

A

(c) Liquidity risk

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 - 

 - 

 30,591 

 45,207 

 - 

 - 

 30,591 

 45,207 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 431 

 - 

 431 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an 

adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due and due to close out market positions. Due to the seasonal 

nature of the retail business, the Group has in place flexible funding facilities to ensure liquidity risk is minimised.

Financing arrangements

The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Floating rate

Expiring within one year (revolving cash advance facility)

Expiring beyond one year (revolving cash advance facility)

Refer to note D3 for more information. 

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 - 

 - 

 355,000 

 450,000 

 355,000 

 450,000 

84  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(c) Liquidity risk (continued)

Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyse the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:

(a)   all non-derivative financial liabilities; and

(b)    net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the 

timing of the cash flows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying 

amounts as the impact of discounting is not significant. For interest rate swaps, the cash flows have been estimated using forward 

interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period.

Between  

Between  

Total  

Carrying  

amount  

Less than  

6 months 

$'000 

6 - 12  

months  

$'000 

1 and 2 

2 and 5 

Over 5  

contractual 

(assets)/ 

years  

$’000

years  

$’000 

years  

cash flows  

liabilities 

$’000

$'000 

$'000 

Contractual maturities  

of financial liabilities

2017 

Non-derivatives

Non-interest bearing

Variable rate

Total non-derivatives

Derivatives

 286,113 

 46,543 

 332,656 

 - 

 1,537 

 1,537 

 - 

 51,941 

 51,941 

 - 

 50,391 

 50,391 

Net settled (interest rate swaps)

 595 

 91 

 147 

Gross settled

- (inflow)

- outflow

Total derivatives

2016 

Non-derivatives

Non-interest bearing

Variable rate

Total non-derivatives

Derivatives

 (83,949)

 89,230 

 5,876 

 (57,827)

 (20,170)

 61,258 

 3,522 

 21,137 

 1,114 

 292,772 

 2,304 

 295,076 

 - 

 2,127 

 2,127 

 - 

 151,064 

 151,064 

Net settled (interest rate swaps)

 1,094 

 1,018 

 525 

Gross settled

- (inflow)

- outflow

Total derivatives

(d) Fair value measurements

 (118,488)

 124,198 

 6,804 

 (71,747)

 72,639 

 1,910 

 (25,369)

 25,593 

 749 

 34 

 - 

 - 

 34 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 286,113 

 286,113 

 150,412 

 145,000 

 436,525 

 431,113 

 867 

 527 

 (161,946)

 171,625 

 10,546 

 - 

 8,375 

 8,902 

 292,772 

 292,772 

 155,495 

 150,000 

 448,267 

 442,772 

 2,637 

 2,689 

 (215,604)

 222,430 

 9,463 

 (431)

 7,257 

 9,515 

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement 

hierarchy:

(a)   quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);

(b)    inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liabilities either directly (as prices) or 

indirectly (derived from prices) (level 2); and

(c)   inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

85

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

(d) Fair value measurements (continued)

The following tables present the Group's assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 29 July 2017 and 30 July 2016:

2017 

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

2016 

Assets

Derivatives used for hedging

Total assets

Liabilities

Derivatives used for hedging

Total liabilities

 Level 1 

$’000 

 Level 2 

$’000 

 Level 3 

$’000 

 Total 

$’000 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 8,902 

 8,902 

 431 

 431 

 9,946 

 9,946 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 8,902 

 8,902 

 431 

 431 

 9,946 

 9,946 

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined 

using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. 

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of forward 

exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the end of the reporting period. These derivative financial 

instruments are included in level 2 as the significant inputs to fair value the instruments are observable.

The carrying amounts of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short term nature. 

The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current 

market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

Accounting policy

Classification

The Group classifies its investments in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and 

receivables, held to maturity investments, and available for sale financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which 

the investments were acquired. Management determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and, in the case of 

assets classified as held to maturity, re-evaluates this designation at the end of each reporting period.

(i) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for trading which are acquired principally for the purpose 

of selling in the short term with the intention of making a profit. Derivatives are also categorised as held for trading unless they are 

designated as hedges.

(ii) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 

market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the receivable. 

They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting period, which are 

classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in receivables in the balance sheet (refer to note B1).

(iii) Held to maturity investments

Held to maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 

Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.

86  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E1 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy (continued)

(iv) Available for sale financial assets

Available for sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other 

categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of 

the end of the reporting period.

Recognition and derecognition

Purchases and sales of investments are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the 

asset. Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through 

profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value and transaction costs 

are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have 

expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

Available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value, 

unless they are equity securities that do not have a market price quoted in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably 

measured. In that case they are carried at cost.

Loans and receivables and held to maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains or 

losses arising from changes in the fair value of the ‘financial assets at fair value through profit or loss’ category, including interest and 

dividend income, are presented in profit or loss within other income or other expenses in the period in which they arise.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in a foreign currency and classified as available-for-sale are analysed 

between translation differences resulting from changes in amortised cost of the security and other changes in the carrying amount 

of the security. The translation differences are recognised in profit or loss and other changes in carrying amount are recognised in 

equity. Changes in the fair value of other monetary and non-monetary securities classified as available-for-sale are recognised in 

equity.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in equity are 

included in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Details on how the fair value of financial instruments is determined are disclosed in note E1.

Impairment

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of 

financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the 

fair value of a security below its cost is considered in determining whether the security is impaired. If any such evidence exists for 

available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current 

fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss - is reclassified from equity and 

recognised in profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment. Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss on equity instruments 

classified as available for sale are not reversed through profit or loss.

87

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E2 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Current assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Total current derivative financial instrument assets

Non-current assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Total non-current current derivative financial instrument assets

Current liabilities

Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Interest rate swap contracts (ii)

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Forward foreign exchange contracts (i)

Interest rate swap contracts (ii)

Total non-current derivative financial instrument liabilities

(a) Instruments used by the Group

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,417 

 527 

 7,944 

 958 

 - 

 958 

 351 

 351 

 80 

 80 

 6,969 

 158 

 7,127 

 288 

 2,531 

 2,819 

The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in 

interest and foreign exchange rates in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management policies (refer to note E1).

(i) Forward exchange contracts - cash flow hedges

The Group makes purchases in numerous currencies, primarily US dollars. In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the 

Group has entered into forward exchange contracts to purchase US dollars and Euro.

These contracts are hedging highly probable forecasted purchases for the ensuing financial period. The contracts are timed to mature 

when payments for shipments of inventory are scheduled to be made.

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. 

When the cash flows occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the inventory recognised in the balance sheet by the related 

amount deferred in equity.

(ii) Interest rate swap contracts

Bank loans of the Group currently bear an average variable interest rate of 3.00% (2016: 3.09%). It is the Group's policy to protect part of 

the loans from exposure to increasing interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it 

is obliged to receive interest at variable rates and to pay interest at fixed rates.

Swaps currently in place cover approximately 69% (2016: 100%) of the Group’s drawn debt facility (refer to note D3 for details of the 

Group’s borrowings). The notional principal amounts used in the swap agreements match the terms of the debt facilities. Under the swap 

agreements, the fixed interest rates range between 3.31% and 3.90% (2016: 2.61% and 3.90%) and the variable rates are based on the Bank 

Bill Swap Rate bid (BBSY Bid).

The contracts require settlement of net interest receivable or payable each three months. The contracts are settled on a net basis.

The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value is deferred in equity in the hedging reserve, to the extent that 

the hedge is effective, and reclassified into the income statement when the hedged interest expense is recognised. In the period 

ended 29 July 2017, $2.2 million was reclassified in profit and loss (2016: $2.3 million) and included in finance cost. There was no hedge 

ineffectiveness in the current period.

(b) Risk exposures

Information about the Group's exposure to credit risk, foreign exchange and interest rate risk is provided in note E1. The maximum 

exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of derivative financial assets mentioned 

above.

88  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

E2 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 

to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether 

the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain 

derivatives as either:

 > hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); or

 > hedges of the cash flows or recognised assets or liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, 

as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its 

assessments, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have 

been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged 

item is more than 12 months. It is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 

12 months.

(i) Fair value hedge

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, 

together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The gain or loss 

relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings is recognised in profit or loss within finance 

costs, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged fixed rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The gain or loss 

relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedge item for 

which the effective interest method is used is amortised to profit or loss over the period to maturity using a recalculated 

effective interest rate.

(ii) Cash flow hedge

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising from 

operational and financing activities.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised 

in equity in the hedging reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. When 

the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory or fixed assets) 

the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost 

of the asset. The deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in profit or loss as cost of goods sold in the case of inventory, or as 

depreciation in the case of fixed assets.

The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps hedging variable rate borrowings is recognised in profit or 

loss within finance costs.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 

cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 

recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was 

reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(iii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does 

not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

89

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

F. EQUITY

This section provides additional information regarding lines in the financial statements that are most relevant to explaining the 

equity position of the Group at the end of the period, including the dividends declared and/or paid during the period. 

F1 CONTRIBUTED EQUITY

Opening balance

Shares issued under Entitlement Offer, net of transaction costs1

Shares issued to Myer Equity Plans Trust at market value 

Treasury shares

Opening balance

2017 

2016 

Number of 

Number of 

shares 

shares 

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 821,278,815 

 585,689,551 

 779,963 

 564,258 

 -   234,661,660 

 - 

 927,604 

 - 

 - 

 214,583 

 1,122 

 821,278,815 

 821,278,815 

 779,963 

 779,963 

 (4,200)

 (4,200)

 (40,625)

 (39,503)

Shares issued to Myer Equity Plans Trust at market value

 - 

 (927,604)

Shares acquired by Myer Equity Plans Trust on market at $1.31

Shares issued under short term incentive plan 

Shares issued for performance rights granted

Closing balance of Treasury shares

Closing balance

 (150,000)

 114,617 

 28,355 

 (11,228)

 - 

 - 

 927,604 

 (4,200)

 (40,634)

 (40,625)

 821,267,587 

 821,274,615 

 739,329 

 739,338 

 - 

 (196)

 150 

 37 

 (1,122)

 - 

 - 

 - 

1. 

 During September 2015, the Group completed a fully underwritten accelerated pro rata non-renounceable Entitlement Offer resulting in the issue of 
234,661,660 new shares at $0.94 per share. The entitlement offer raised $221 million less transaction costs (net of tax) of $6 million. 

Ordinary shares

The ordinary shares issued are fully paid. Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of 

the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands, every holder of ordinary shares 

present at a meeting in person, or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote.

Treasury shares

Treasury shares are shares in Myer Holdings Limited that are held by the Myer Equity Plans Trust for the purposes of issuing shares under 

the Equity Incentive Plans. Refer to note H4 for more information.

Employee share and option schemes

Information relating to the employee share-based payment schemes, including details of shares issued under the schemes, is set out in 

note H4.

Capital risk management

The Group’s key objective when managing capital is to minimise its weighted average cost of capital while maintaining appropriate 

financing facilities. This provides the opportunity to pursue growth and capital management initiatives. In managing its capital structure, 

the Group also seeks to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide appropriate returns to shareholders and 

benefits for other stakeholders.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 

shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of various balance sheet ratios including the gearing ratio. 

This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Total 

capital is calculated as 'equity' as shown in the balance sheet plus net debt.

90  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

F1 CONTRIBUTED EQUITY (CONTINUED)

Capital risk management (continued)

The gearing ratios at 29 July 2017 and 30 July 2016 were as follows:

Total borrowings (note D3)

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note D1)

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

2017 

$'000 

 143,367 

 (30,591)

 112,776 

2016 

$'000 

 147,273 

 (45,207)

 102,066 

 1,072,868 

 1,107,765 

 1,185,644 

 1,209,831 

9.5%

8.4%

The increase in the gearing ratio during 2017 was primarily driven by an increase in net debt and a decrease in equity associated with 

dividends paid during the year being higher than profits following the decline in profit for the year.

Accounting policy

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments; for example, as the result of a share buy-back or a share-

based payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted 

from equity attributable to the owners of Myer Holdings Limited as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where 

such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction 

costs and the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of Myer Holdings Limited.

91

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

F2 RETAINED EARNINGS AND RESERVES

(a) Retained earnings

Movements in retained earnings were as follows:

Balance at beginning of period

Profit for the period

Dividends

Balance at end of period

(b) Reserves

Share-based payments (i)

Cash flow hedges (ii)

Other reserve (iii)

Foreign currency translation (iv)

Movements in reserves were as follows:

Share-based payments

Balance at beginning of period

Share-based payments expense recognised (note H4)

Income tax (note A4)

Balance at end of period

Cash flow hedges

Balance at beginning of period

Net gain/(loss) on revaluation

Transfer to net profit 

Balance at end of period

Foreign currency translation 

Balance at beginning of period

Currency translation differences arising during the period

Balance at end of period

(i) Share-based payments

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 379,483 

 335,366 

 11,939 

 (49,276)

 60,543 

 (16,426)

 342,146 

 379,483 

 27,186 

 (6,894)

 (25,621)

 (3,278)

 (8,607)

 25,613 

 1,782 

 (209)

 27,186 

 (7,441)

 (1,632)

 2,179 

 (6,894)

 (3,607)

 329 

 (3,278)

 25,613 

 (7,441)

 (25,621)

 (3,607)

 (11,056)

 24,857 

 1,080 

 (324)

 25,613 

 7,045 

 (21,512)

 7,026 

 (7,441)

 (3,386)

 (221)

 (3,607)

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options and rights granted to employees under the employee 

share plans. Further information on share-based payments is set out in note H4.

(ii) Cash flow hedges

The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in equity, 

as described in note E2. Amounts are recognised in the income statement when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

(iii) Other reserve

Under the shareholders' agreement entered into with the non-controlling shareholders at the time of acquisition in 2011, the Group held 

a call option over the non-controlling shareholders' 35% interest in Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd, the owner of sass & bide, and the non-

controlling shareholders had a corresponding put option. These options became exercisable in 2014, two years from acquisition date, at 

a market value of the shares at that time based on a formula contained within the shareholders' agreement. The potential liability of the 

Group under the put option was estimated at acquisition date based on expectations on the timing of exercise and the exercise price at 

that future point in time, discounted to present value using the Group's incremental borrowing rate. The recognition of the put option 

liability at acquisition date resulted in the recognition of an amount to the other reserve within shareholders' equity and a financial 

liability within non-current liabilities other, reclassified to current liabilities in 2013 when it became payable.

On acquisition of the remaining 35% of sass & bide, the cash payment of $33.4 million was recorded against the current financial liability 

and non-controlling interests balances were recorded against other reserve.

92  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

F2 RETAINED EARNINGS AND RESERVES (CONTINUED)

(iv) Foreign currency translation 

Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are recognised in other comprehensive income and 

accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the income statement when the net investment 

is disposed of.

Accounting policy

(i) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 

environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in 

Australian dollars, which is Myer Holdings Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 

transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year 

end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are generally recognised in profit or loss. 

They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges.

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when 

the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair 

value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value 

through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-

monetary assets such as equities classified as available-for-sale financial assets are recognised in other comprehensive income.

(iii) Group companies

The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a 

functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

 > assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

 > income and expenses for each income statement and statement of comprehensive income are translated at the rates prevailing 

on the transaction dates; and

 > all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, when a foreign operation is sold, the associated exchange difference is reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the 

gain or loss on sale.

93

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

F3 DIVIDENDS

(a) Ordinary shares

Final fully franked dividend for the period ending 30 July 2016 of 3.0 cents (25 July 2015: nil) per fully paid 

share paid 10 November 2016

Interim fully franked dividend for the period ended 29 July 2017 of 3.0 cents (2016: 2.0 cents) per fully paid 

share paid 4 May 2017 (2016: 5 May 2016)

Total dividends paid

(b) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period

The directors have determined the payment of a final dividend of 2.0 cents (2016: 3.0 cents) per fully paid 

ordinary share fully franked based on tax paid at 30% payable on 9 November 2017

The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid after period end, but not recognised as 

a liability at period end, is:

(c) Franked dividends

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 24,638 

 - 

 24,638 

 49,276 

 16,426 

 16,426 

 16,426 

 24,638 

The franked portions of the final dividends recommended after 29 July 2017 will be franked out of existing 

franking credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the period ending 28 

July 2018.

Franking credits available for subsequent financial periods based on a tax rate of 30% (2016: 30%)

 32,690 

 28,585 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the reporting date, adjusted for:

(a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax;

(b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and

(c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The consolidated amounts include franking credits that would be available to the parent entity if distributable profits of subsidiaries were 

paid as dividends.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the directors since the end of the reporting period, but not 

recognised as a liability at the reporting date, will be a reduction in the franking account of $7 million (2016: $11 million).

Accounting policy

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the 

entity, on or before the end of the financial period but not distributed at balance date.

94  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G. GROUP STRUCTURE

This section summarises how the Group structure affects the financial position and performance of the Group as a whole.

G1 SUBSIDIARIES

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the 

accounting policy described below:

Name of entity

NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd

NB Russell Pty Ltd

NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd

NB Collins Pty Ltd

Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd

Myer Group Pty Ltd

Myer Pty Ltd

Myer Group Finance Limited

The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd

ACT Employment Services Pty Ltd

Myer Employee Share Plan Pty Ltd

Myer Travel Pty Ltd

Myer Sourcing Asia Ltd

Shanghai Myer Service Company Ltd

Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd

sass & bide Pty Ltd

sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd

sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd

sass & bide UK Limited

sass & bide USA inc.

sass & bide inc.

FSS Retail Pty Ltd

Country of 

incorporation

Class of  

shares

Notes

(1 ), (3 )

(2 ), (3 )

(2 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(2 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(2 ), (3 )

(2 )

(2 )

(2 )

(1 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(1 ), (3 )

(2 ), (3 )

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

China

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

USA

USA

(2 ), (3 )

Australia

Equity 
holdings(4) 
2017 

Equity 
holdings(4) 
2016 

%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

%

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

(1) 

 Each of these entities has been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial statements in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned 
Companies) Instrument 2016/785.

(2)  Each of these entities is classified as small proprietary and therefore relieved from the requirement to prepare and lodge financial reports with ASIC.

(3)  Each of these entities is party to a deed of cross guarantee, refer to note G2.

(4)  The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

Business combination

On 12 April 2017, FSS Retail Pty Ltd (FSS) completed an asset acquisition with the appointed administrators of M. Webster Holdings Pty 

Limited (Webster), a fashion retailer selling the Marcs and David Lawrence brands in the Australian market. The acquisition included 

the brands, intellectual property, fixed assets and inventory relating to Marcs and David Lawrence and supports the Group’s ongoing 

wanted brands strategy. The issued share capital of Webster was not acquired, however the acquisition met the definition of a business 

combination.

The net assets were acquired for a net consideration totalling $11.9 million, with $13 million fully paid in cash less monies owed from 

Webster. The fair value of the net assets recognised as a result of the acquisition is $11.9 million, including the Marcs and David Lawrence 

brand names of $7.4 million (refer to note C2) and a deferred tax liability of $2.2 million recognised for the Marcs and David Lawrence 

brands acquired (refer to note A4).

From the date of acquisition, the contribution from FSS to the net profit after-tax of the Group and the direct costs relating to the 

acquisition were not significant.

95

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G1 SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Myer Holdings Limited (‘Company’ or 

‘parent entity’) as at 29 July 2017 and the results of all subsidiaries for the period then ended.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when 

the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 

returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is 

transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. The acquisition method of accounting is used 

to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to note C2).

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised 

losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of 

subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, 

statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively.

Employee Share Trust

The Group has formed the Myer Equity Plans Trust to administer the Group’s employee share scheme. This trust is consolidated, as 

the substance of the relationship is that the trust is controlled by the Group. Shares in Myer Holdings Limited held by the trust are 

disclosed as treasury shares and deducted from contributed equity.

G2 DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

The following entities are parties to a deed of cross guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others:

 > Myer Holdings Limited 

 > NB Elizabeth Pty Ltd 

 > NB Russell Pty Ltd 

 > Myer Group Pty Ltd 

 > NB Lonsdale Pty Ltd 

 > NB Collins Pty Ltd 

 > Myer Group Finance Limited 

 > The Myer Emporium Pty Ltd 

 > Boogie & Boogie Pty Ltd 

 > sass & bide Pty Ltd 

 > sass & bide Retail Pty Ltd 

 > sass & bide Retail (NZ) Pty Ltd

 > Warehouse Solutions Pty Ltd

 > FSS Retail Pty Ltd

 > Myer Pty Ltd

By entering into the deed, the wholly-owned entities with note reference 1 in note G1 have been relieved from the requirements to 

prepare a financial report and directors' report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785. 

The above companies represent a 'closed group' for the purposes of the ASIC Legislative Instrument, and as there are no other parties to 

the deed of cross guarantee that are controlled by Myer Holdings Limited, they also represent the 'extended closed group'.

96  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G2 DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (CONTINUED)

(a)  Consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated 

retained earnings

Set out below is a consolidated income statement, statement of comprehensive income and a summary of movements in consolidated 

retained earnings for the closed group for the year ended 29 July 2017:

Income statement 

Total sales value

Concession sales

Sale of goods

Sales revenue deferred under customer loyalty program

Revenue from sale of goods

Other operating revenue

Cost of goods sold 

Operating gross profit 

Other income

Selling expenses 

Administration expenses 

Share of net profit/(loss) of equity-accounted associate

Dilution of investment in equity-accounted associate

Restructuring and store exit costs, onerous lease expense and impairment of assets

Earnings before interest and tax 

Finance revenue 

Finance costs 

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the period attributable to Deed of Cross Guarantee group

Statement of comprehensive income

Profit for the period 

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss:

  Cash flow hedges

  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Summary of movements in retained earnings

  Opening balance

  Profit for the period

  Dividends paid

Closing balance

2017 

2016 

52 weeks 

53 weeks  

$’000

$’000

 3,201,427 

 3,288,717 

 (701,678)

 (610,553)

 2,499,749 

 2,678,164 

 (34,847)

 (38,861)

 2,464,902 

 2,639,303 

 176,487 

 161,689 

 (1,423,209)

 (1,527,069)

 1,218,180 

 1,273,923 

 - 

 (819,100)

 (292,178)

 (1,176)

 (1,338)

 (65,615)

 38,773 

 436 

 (11,259)

 (10,823)

 27,950 

 (17,520)

 10,430 

 68 

 (841,199)

 (317,975)

 (620)

 - 

 (18,250)

 95,947 

 905 

 (15,447)

 (14,542)

 81,405 

 (20,146)

 61,259 

 10,430 

 61,259 

 547 

 (180)

 - 

 367 

 10,797 

 386,254 

 10,430 

 (49,276)

 (14,486)

 1,832 

 - 

 (12,654)

 48,605 

 341,421 

 61,259 

 (16,426)

 347,408 

 386,254 

97

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G2 DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE (CONTINUED)

(b) Consolidated balance sheet

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 29 July 2017 of the closed group:

ASSETS

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables and prepayments

Inventories

Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Derivative financial instruments

Investment in associate

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Provisions

Deferred income

Current tax liabilities

Derivative financial instruments 

Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Borrowings 

Provisions

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Derivative financial instruments 

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY 

Contributed equity

Retained earnings

Reserves

Total equity

98  Myer Annual Report 2017

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 29,507 

 38,655 

 44,306 

 51,079 

 369,685 

 392,441 

 - 

 351 

 437,847 

 488,177 

 460,211 

 445,299 

 985,263 

 1,019,111 

 - 

 - 

 3,560 

 80 

 9,203 

 3,819 

 1,449,034 

 1,477,512 

 1,886,881 

 1,965,689 

 379,233 

 398,224 

 87,145 

 93,998 

 9,817 

 1,992 

 7,944 

 591 

 12,114 

 7,424 

 7,127 

 794 

 486,722 

 519,681 

 143,367 

 147,273 

 13,772 

 75,927 

 86,016 

 958 

 19,702 

 68,401 

 90,779 

 2,819 

 320,040 

 328,974 

 806,762 

 848,655 

 1,080,119 

 1,117,034 

 739,330 

 739,339 

 347,408 

 386,254 

 (6,619)

 (8,559)

 1,080,119 

 1,117,034 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G3 PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(a) Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity

Issued capital

Reserves

  Cash flow hedges

  Other reserve

  Share-based payments

Retained earnings

Profit/(loss) for the period

Total comprehensive income

(b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

Carrying amount included in current liabilities

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 87,283 

 149,318 

 1,013,906 

 1,076,467 

 17,713 

 161,080 

 27,243 

 177,047 

 739,329 

 739,338 

 (543)

 (2,653)

 21,320 

 95,373 

 (1,253)

 909 

 (2,705)

 (2,653)

 19,538 

 145,902 

 7 

 2,072 

 - 

 - 

The parent entity is the borrowing entity under the Group's financing facilities. Under these facilities, the parent entity is party to a cross-

guarantee with various other Group entities, who guarantee the repayment of the facilities in the event that the parent entity is in default.

The parent entity is also party to the deed of cross guarantee. The details of the deed of cross guarantee are set out in note G2. At 

balance date, no liability has been recognised in relation to these guarantees on the basis that the potential exposure is not considered 

material.

(c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 29 July 2017 or 30 July 2016.

(d) Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment

The parent entity did not have any contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant or equipment as at 29 July 2017 or 

30 July 2016. 

(e) Event subsequent to balance date

Refer to note H6 for additional events which have occurred after the financial reporting date.

99

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

G3 PARENT ENTITY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

The financial information that is disclosed for the parent entity, Myer Holdings Limited, has been prepared on the same basis as the 

consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

(i) Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited.

(ii) Tax consolidation legislation

Myer Holdings Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation.

The head entity, Myer Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group continue to account for their own 

current and deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a 

stand-alone taxpayer in its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Myer Holdings Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) 

and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax 

consolidated group.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Myer Holdings 

Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Myer Holdings Limited for any current tax receivable and 

deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Myer Holdings Limited under the 

tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned 

entities’ financial statements.

The funding amounts are recognised as current intercompany receivables or payables.

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as amounts receivable 

from or payable to other entities in the Group.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised 

as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

G4 EQUITY ACCOUNTED INVESTMENT

On 28 September 2015, the Company acquired a 25% interest in an associate entity, Austradia Pty Limited (Austradia). Austradia is an 

entity domiciled in Australia and holds the franchise rights to TOPSHOP TOPMAN in Australia, including the operation of standalone 

speciality retail stores as well as concession outlets. On 30 November 2016, the Company's interest in the equity accounted investment 

decreased from 25% to 20%, as a result of a share issue by Austradia that the Group elected not to participate in, resulting in a $1.3 

million loss on dilution of investment. The Group accounts for its investment in associates using the equity accounting method. 

On 24 May 2017, Austradia appointed administrators and subsequent to this have exited all Myer concession stores and a number of their 

standalone speciality retail stores. Given this, the carrying value of the investment in Austradia of $6.8 million has been written-down to 

nil. Refer to note A3 for more information.

The Group's share of Austradia's net loss for the period ended 29 July 2017 recognised as part of the equity accounted investment 

is $1.2 million (2016: $0.6 million).

100  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

H. OTHER INFORMATION

This section of the notes includes other information that must be disclosed to comply with the accounting standards and other 

pronouncements, but that is not immediately related to individual line items in the financial statements. This section also provides 

information about items that are not recognised in the financial statements as they do not (yet) satisfy the recognition criteria.

H1 CONTINGENCIES

Contingent liabilities

The Group had contingent liabilities at 29 July 2017 in respect of:

Guarantees

The Group has issued bank guarantees amounting to $36.3 million (2016: $41.3 million), of which $17.6 million (2016: $22.6 million) 

represents guarantees supporting workers' compensation self insurance licences in various jurisdictions.

For information about other guarantees given by entities within the Group, including the parent entity, please refer to notes G2 and G3.

Myer Chadstone store

On 23 December 2016, legal proceedings were served against Myer Pty Ltd by Perpetual Limited and Bridgehead Pty Ltd, the landlords of 

the Myer Chadstone store. The proceedings are in relation to alleged unpaid outgoings under the lease provisions of the Myer Chadstone 

store for the period FY01 to FY16 totalling $19.14 million plus GST, interest and costs. The Group believes the claim has no proper basis, 

denies any liability under it and will vigorously defend it. Given this, no provision has been recognised at 29 July 2017 in respect of this 

matter.

While the amount and timing of any contingencies are uncertain, no material losses are anticipated in respect of the above contingent 

liabilities.

H2 COMMITMENTS

(a) Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant, equipment and software

Payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

(b) Operating lease commitments

The Group leases the majority of its stores and warehouses under non-cancellable operating leases expiring 

within one to 30 years. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the 

terms of the leases are renegotiated.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases are payable as 

follows:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

2017 

$'000 

2016 

$'000 

 22,118 

 9,702 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 22,118 

 9,702 

 227,135 

 817,980 

 228,574 

 854,132 

 1,703,269 

 1,857,764 

 2,748,384 

 2,940,470 

Not included in the above commitments are contingent rental payments that may arise in the event that sales made by certain leased 

stores exceed a pre-determined amount. The contingent rentals payable as a percentage of sales revenue and the relevant thresholds 

vary from lease to lease.

A number of lease agreements for stores include cash contributions provided by the lessor for fit-outs and referred to as a lease 

incentive or lease contribution. Refer to note C4 for more information.

101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

H2 COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

Accounting policy

Leases of property, plant and equipment in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the 

lessor are classified as operating leases. Lease incentives received on entering into operating leases are recognised as deferred 

income and are amortised over the lease term. Payments made under operating leases (net of any amortised deferred income) are 

charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases.

H3 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(a) Parent entities

The parent entity within the Group is Myer Holdings Limited, a listed public company, incorporated in Australia.

(b) Subsidiaries

Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note G1.

(c) Key Management Personnel

(i) Compensation

Key Management Personnel compensation for the period ending 29 July 2017 is set out below. The Key Management Personnel of the 

Group are persons having the authority for planning, directing and controlling the Company's activities directly or indirectly, including 

the directors of Myer Holdings Limited.

Short term employee benefits

Post employment benefits

Long term benefits

Termination and other payments

Share-based payments

2017 

$ 

2016 

$ 

 4,859,166 

6,157,605

 183,825 

 (280)

 - 

172,387

15,314

 - 

 1,085,146 

738,205

 6,127,857 

7,083,511

Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 38 to 57.

(ii) Loans

In 2017 and 2016 there were no loans made to directors of Myer Holdings Limited and other Key Management Personnel of the Group, 

including their related parties.

(iii) Other transactions

There were no transactions with Key Management Personnel or entities related to them, other than compensation.

(d) Transactions with other related parties

There were no transactions with other related parties during the current period.

H4 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

(a) Long Term Incentive Plan

The Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) is an incentive that is intended to promote alignment between executive and shareholder 

interests over the longer term. Under the LTIP, performance rights may be offered annually to the Chief Executive Officer and nominated 

executives. The employees invited to participate in the plan include executives who are considered to play a leading role in achieving the 

Company’s long term strategic and operational objectives.

Each right offered is an entitlement to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company, subject to adjustment for capital actions, on terms 

and hurdles determined by the Board, including hurdles linked to Company performance and service.

102  Myer Annual Report 2017

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

H4 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

(a) Long Term Incentive Plan (continued)

The LTIP is delivered via a grant of performance rights. The number of performance rights that vest is not determined until after the end 

of the performance period. The performance right will therefore not provide any value to the holder between the date the performance 

right is granted until after the end of the performance period, and then only if the performance hurdles are satisfied. Performance rights 

do not carry entitlements to ordinary dividends or other shareholder rights until the performance rights vest and shares are provided. 

Accordingly, participating executives do not receive dividends during the performance period.

Set out below is a summary of performance rights granted under the plan:

2017

Total

Balance  

Expired  

Balance  

30 July 2016

Granted

Exercised

and lapsed

29 July 2017

 6,997,530 

 4,714,871 

 (28,355)

 (1,038,663)

 10,645,383 

Weighted average exercise price

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

2016

Total

Balance  

Expired  

Balance  

25 July 2015

Granted

Exercised

and lapsed

30 July 2016

 3,754,563 

 4,834,991 

 (927,604)

 (664,420)

 6,997,530 

Weighted average exercise price

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

$0.00 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of share rights outstanding at the end of the period was 1.5 years (2016: 2.9 years).

Fair value of performance rights granted

The assessed fair value at grant date of rights granted during the period is noted below. Fair value varies depending on the period to 

vesting date. The fair values at grant dates were independently determined using a Monte Carlo simulation pricing model that takes 

into account the exercise price, the term of the rights, the impact of dilution, the fair value of shares in the Company at grant date and 

expected volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the right. The fair 

values and model inputs for performance rights granted during the period included:

(a)   Fair value of performance rights granted

(b)   Grant date

(c)   Expiry date

(d)   Share price at grant date

(e)   Expected price volatility of the Group’s shares

(f)    Expected dividend yield

(g)   Risk-free interest rate

2017 LTIP 

2017 LTIP 

2017 LTIP 

2017 LTIP 

Rights  

(TSR)

$0.84

Rights  

(EPS)

$1.25

Rights 

(ROFE)

$1.25

Rights 

(Service)

$1.34

22-Dec-16

22-Dec-16

22-Dec-16

22-Dec-16

31-Oct-19

31-Oct-19

31-Oct-19

31-Oct-19

$1.37

38%

3.7%

1.96%

$1.37

38%

3.7%

1.96%

$1.37

38%

3.7%

1.96%

$1.37

38%

3.7%

1.96%

The expected price volatility is based on the historic volatility (based on the remaining life of the performance rights), adjusted for any 

expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information.

Where rights are issued to employees of subsidiaries within the Group, the subsidiaries compensate the Company for the amount 

recognised as expense in relation to these rights.

(b) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of employee benefit expense were as 

follows:

Rights issued under the LTIP

2017 

$’000 

 1,782 

2016  

$’000

 1,080 

Share-based payment transaction expenses represent the amount recognised in the period in relation to share-based remuneration 

plans. Where expectations of the number of rights expected to vest changes, the life to date expense is adjusted, which can result in 

a negative expense for the period due to the reversal of amounts recognised in prior periods.

103

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

H4 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS (CONTINUED)

(b) Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions (continued)

Accounting policy

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees through the Myer Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

The fair value of rights granted under the plan is recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in equity. 

The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the rights granted, which includes any market 

performance conditions but excludes the impact of any services and non-market performance vesting conditions and the impact 

of any non-vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest. The total expense 

is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. 

At the end of each period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of rights that are expected to vest based on the non-

market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of revisions to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding 

adjustment to equity.

The LTIP is administered by the Myer Equity Plan Trust (refer to note G1). When rights are vested, the trust transfers the appropriate 

number of shares to the employee. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited directly 

to equity.

H5 REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

During the period, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group, and its related practices:

(a) PwC Australia

(i) Assurance services

Audit services

  Audit and review of financial statements 

Other assurance services

  Audit of rent certificates

Total remuneration for audit and other assurance services

(ii) Taxation services

  Tax compliance services

(iii) Other services

  Legal services

Total remuneration of PwC Australia

(b) Overseas practices of PwC

(i) Assurance services

Audit services

  Audit and review of financial statements 

(ii) Taxation services

  Tax compliance services

Total remuneration for overseas practices of PwC

H6 EVENTS OCCURRING AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Dividends on the Company's ordinary shares

2017 

$ 

2016  

$

 374,848 

 594,600 

 46,002 

 48,000 

 420,850 

 642,600 

 2,100 

 2,000 

 9,026 

 - 

 431,976 

 644,600 

 65,797 

 84,617 

 27,852 

 93,649 

 35,314 

 119,931 

The directors have determined to pay a final dividend of 2.0 cents per share, fully franked at the 30% corporate income tax rate, payable 

on 9 November 2017 for the period ended 29 July 2017.

104  Myer Annual Report 2017

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

I. OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES

This section provides a list of other accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. 

Specific accounting policies are disclosed in their respective notes to the financial statements. This section also provides 

information on the impacts of new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, and whether they are effective in 2018 

or later years.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements ('financial statements' or 

'financial report') are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The financial statements are for the consolidated entity consisting of Myer Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries ('Group').

(a) Basis of preparation

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations 

issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001. Myer Holdings Limited is a for-profit entity for 

the purpose of preparing the financial statements.

Compliance with IFRS

The consolidated financial statements of Myer Holdings Limited group also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 

as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Historical cost convention

These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for financial assets and liabilities (including 

derivative instruments), which have been measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting standards requires the use of certain critical accounting 

estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The 

areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial 

statements, are disclosed in notes A2, B2 and C2.

(b) Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors' Reports) Instrument 2016/191 and, except 

where otherwise stated, amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars, or in 

certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

105

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

for the period ended 29 July 2017

I. OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

(c) New accounting standards and interpretations

(i) New and amended standards adopted by the Group

The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time in the annual reporting period commencing 

31 July 2016:

 > AASB 1057 Application of Australian Accounting Standards

 > AASB 2014-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation

 > AASB 2015-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Annual improvements to Australian Accounting Standards 2012-2014 Cycle

 > AASB 2015-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards - Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 101

These revised standards did not affect any of the Group's accounting policies or any of the amounts recognised and affected only the 

disclosures in the notes to the financial statements.

(ii) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 29 July 2017 reporting period. 

The Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations, that were considered relevant for the consolidated 

entity, is set out below:

 > AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, 

introduces new rules for hedge accounting and a new impairment model for financial assets. The standard is not applicable until 

1 January 2018. 

There will be no material impact on the Group’s accounting for financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the accounting 

for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through profit or loss and the Group does not have any such liabilities. The 

Group also does not have any available for sale financial assets. The Group has not yet assessed how its hedging arrangements would be 

affected by the new rules; however, it does not expect the impact to be material. Increased disclosures may be required in the financial 

statements.

 > AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers is a new revenue recognition standard that's core principle is that revenue must 

be recognised when the control of goods or services are transferred to the customer, at the transaction price. The standard is not 

applicable until 1 January 2018 and the Group does not expect the standard to have a significant impact. 

 > AASB 16 Leases was released in February 2016 by the Australian Accounting Standards Board. This standard eliminates the classification 
between operating and finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model. The new model requires the recognition of a 

leased asset, and its corresponding lease liability, for all leases that have a term of more than 12 months (unless the underlying asset 

is of low value) and the separate recognition of the depreciation charge on the leased asset from the interest expense on the lease 

liability. There are also changes in accounting over the life of the lease. This will result in the recognition of a front-loaded pattern of 

expense for most leases, even when constant annual rentals are paid. 

The standard is applicable from 1 January 2019 with early adoption permitted if, and only if, AASB 15 is also early adopted. As a lessee 

with a substantial portfolio of operating leases, the implementation of AASB 16 is expected to have a material impact on the Group's 

consolidated financial statements at transition and in future years to the extent that leases currently classified as operating leases will 

need to be brought on balance sheet. In addition, the current operating lease expense recognised in the income statement will be 

replaced with a depreciation and finance charge. The Group is in the process of performing an assessment of the impact of the new 

standard and will provide an estimate of the financial impact once complete.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current 

or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

106  Myer Annual Report 2017

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION

In the directors’ opinion:

(a)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 58 to 106 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. 

 complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements; and

ii.   giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 29 July 2017 and of its performance for the financial 

period ended on that date; and

(b)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable; 

and

(c)   at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the extended closed group will be able 

to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in 

note G2.

Note I.(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 

International Accounting Standards Board.

The directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A 

of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

Paul McClintock, AO 
Chairman 
Melbourne, 13 September 2017.

107

 
 
Independent auditor’s report 
To the shareholders of Myer Holdings Limited

Report on the audit of the financial report

Our opinion

In our opinion:

The accompanying financial report of Myer Holdings Limited (the Company) and its controlled entities 
(together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

a)

giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 29 July 2017 and of its financial 
performance for the period then ended

b)

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

What we have audited
The Group financial report comprises:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the consolidated balance sheet as at 29 July 2017

the consolidated income statement for the period then ended

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period then ended

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period then ended

the consolidated statement of cash flows for the period then ended

the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include a summary of significant 
accounting policies

the directors’ declaration.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial report section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
2 Riverside Quay, SOUTHBANK  VIC  3006, GPO Box 1331 MELBOURNE VIC 3001
T: +61 3 8603 1000, F: +61 3 8603 1999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Our audit approach

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 

material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material 

if individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 

of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion 

on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management structure of the 

Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates.

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit matters

• For the purpose of our audit we

• Our audit focused on where

Amongst other relevant 

topics, we communicated the 

following key audit matters 

to the Audit, Finance and 

Risk Committee:

•

•

•

•

Impairment of

intangible assets

Accounting estimates

and disclosures

relating to the New

Myer strategy

implementation

Inventory valuation and

provisions

Supplier rebates

They are further described in 

the Key audit matters section 

of our report.

the Group made subjective

judgements; for example,

significant accounting

estimates involving

assumptions and inherently

uncertain future events.

• The Group is principally

involved in retailing through

department stores across

Australia and online. The

accounting processes are

structured around a Group

corporate finance function

at the Group’s support office

in Melbourne.

• Our audit procedures were

mostly performed at the Group

support office, along with

visits to the Altona

Distribution Centre, three

department stores across

Australia and one sass & bide

store to perform audit

procedures over inventory.

used overall Group materiality of

$4.9 million, which represents

approximately 5% of the Group’s

profit before tax, adjusted for

individually material items

separately disclosed as

restructuring, store exit costs,

onerous lease expense and

impairment of assets.

• We applied this threshold, together

with qualitative considerations, to

determine the scope of our audit

and the nature, timing and extent

of our audit procedures and to

evaluate the effect of misstatements

on the financial report as a whole.

• We chose Group profit before tax

and individually material items

separately disclosed because, in our

view, it is the metric against which

the performance of the Group is

most commonly measured by users.

• We adjusted for individually

material items as they are unusual

or infrequently occurring items

impacting profit and loss.

• We selected 5% based on our

professional judgement noting that

it is also within the range of

commonly acceptable profit related

materiality thresholds.

Our audit approach

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material 
if individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions 
of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion 
on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management structure of the 
Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates.

Materiality

Audit scope

Key audit matters

Amongst other relevant 
topics, we communicated the 
following key audit matters 
to the Audit, Finance and 
Risk Committee:

•

•

•

•

Impairment of
intangible assets

Accounting estimates
and disclosures
relating to the New
Myer strategy
implementation

Inventory valuation and
provisions

Supplier rebates

They are further described in 
the Key audit matters section 
of our report.

• Our audit focused on where
the Group made subjective
judgements; for example,
significant accounting
estimates involving
assumptions and inherently
uncertain future events.
• The Group is principally

involved in retailing through
department stores across
Australia and online. The
accounting processes are
structured around a Group
corporate finance function
at the Group’s support office
in Melbourne.

• Our audit procedures were

mostly performed at the Group
support office, along with
visits to the Altona
Distribution Centre, three
department stores across
Australia and one sass & bide
store to perform audit
procedures over inventory.

• For the purpose of our audit we

used overall Group materiality of
$4.9 million, which represents
approximately 5% of the Group’s
profit before tax, adjusted for
individually material items
separately disclosed as
restructuring, store exit costs,
onerous lease expense and
impairment of assets.

• We applied this threshold, together
with qualitative considerations, to
determine the scope of our audit
and the nature, timing and extent
of our audit procedures and to
evaluate the effect of misstatements
on the financial report as a whole.
• We chose Group profit before tax
and individually material items
separately disclosed because, in our
view, it is the metric against which
the performance of the Group is
most commonly measured by users.

• We adjusted for individually

material items as they are unusual
or infrequently occurring items
impacting profit and loss.
• We selected 5% based on our

professional judgement noting that
it is also within the range of
commonly acceptable profit related
materiality thresholds.

109

Key audit matters

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

including forecast operating margins, discount rate 

and long term growth rates. 

•

Considered the allocation of the impairment charge

to sass & bide assets.

We considered the disclosures made in note C2, including 

those regarding the key assumptions and sensitivities to 

changes in such assumptions, in light of the requirements 

of Australian Accounting Standards.

Accounting estimates and disclosures relating to 

the New Myer strategy implementation

(refer note A3 and C3) 

In September 2015 the Group implemented the “New 

Myer” strategy which involved the execution of a five-

year transformation agenda. During FY2017 the 

execution of the New Myer strategy involved the closure 

of stores, changes to store sizes following various 

landlord negotiations, voluntary redundancies and cost 

reduction within the Group’s support office in 

•

•

Melbourne.

The FY2017 strategic decisions resulted in restructuring, 

redundancy, store exits and onerous lease costs of $20

million which were recognised in the period to 29 July 

2017 in accordance with Australian Accounting 

Standards. The restructuring activity was incomplete at

period end, with further judgements and assumptions 

made by the Group regarding the nature and quantum of 

restructuring activity anticipated in future periods; this 

activity required the recognition of estimated

restructuring and onerous lease provisions of $26 million 

at 29 July 2017.

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 

judgements and assumptions applied by the Group in 

estimating the level of provisioning required to be 

recognised at 29 July 2017.

To assess the Group’s accounting policies for calculating 

the New Myer related provisions we performed the 

following procedures amongst others: 

Considered the judgements and assumptions

applied by the Group to determine the recognition of

provisions based on the status of committed and

Board approved strategic action plans.

Compared the Group’s judgements and assumptions

used to calculate the New Myer provision to:

Board minutes

landlord agreements

-

-

-

-

historic data, including prior store closures and

restructuring experience

other supporting audit evidence.

We assessed whether there were other provisions which

met the Group’s recognition criteria, and if they had been 

recognised at 29 July 2017, by making inquiries of 

management responsible for the New Myer strategy and 

by reading minutes of Board meetings for the full 

financial period. 

We considered the disclosures made in note A3 and C3, 

in light of the requirements of Australian Accounting 

Standards.

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a particular audit 
procedure is made in that context.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of Intangible Assets
(refer note C2)

As described in note C2 to the financial statements, the 
Group held $465 million of goodwill and $422 million of 
brand names and trademarks at 29 July 2017. The 
goodwill, brand names and trademarks arose on the 
acquisitions of the Myer, sass & bide and Marcs and 
David Lawrence businesses.

As required by Australian Accounting Standards, the 
Group assesses annually whether goodwill and other 
intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life 
should continue to be recognised or if any impairment is 
required. Where the carrying value of an intangible asset 
is higher than its recoverable amount, Australian 
Accounting Standards require the carrying value of the 
intangible asset to be written down (impaired). 

Indicators of impairment identified by the Group during 
the financial period/at balance sheet date included:
•

The market capitalisation of the Group (the value of
the Group derived by multiplying the number of
shares currently issued by the share price at period-
end) being lower than the net assets of the Group at
29 July 2017

•

The competitive retail environment in which the
Group operates.

The Group considers the Myer and sass & bide businesses 
to be two separate cash generating units (CGUs) for the 
purposes of impairment testing of goodwill and other 
intangible assets. An impairment assessment was 
performed by the Group for each CGU.  This involved 
determining the recoverable amount of the intangible 
assets based on a value in use calculation for each CGU. An 
impairment of $38.8 million of goodwill and brands was 
recognised in relation to the sass & bide business. No 
impairment of Myer’s goodwill or brands was identified. 
We considered this a key audit matter because of the 
magnitude of the intangible assets balance and because 
value in use calculations require significant judgement by 
the Group in estimating the future trading cash flows of 
the CGUs.

We considered the methodology applied by the Group in 
performing the impairment assessment and the
judgements applied by the Group in determining the
CGUs of the business. We considered whether the
division of the Group into CGUs, which is the smallest 
identifiable group of assets that can generate cash
inflows, was consistent with our knowledge of the
Group’s operations and internal reporting.

We developed an understanding of the key relevant 
internal controls over the impairment assessment 
process.

To assess the Group’s impairment models and 
calculations we performed the following procedures, 
amongst others: 

•

Performed testing over the mathematical accuracy of
the impairment models.

• We compared the discount rate and long term

growth rate applied to the impairment assessments
for each CGU to our benchmark data. We found the
rates utilised by the Group were consistent with our
benchmark data.

•

•

•

•

Compared the Group’s forecast annual growth rates
and cash flow forecasts to Board approved budgets
and forecasts, externally available economic data
and historical actual results.

Considered the forecast financial data such as sales,
cost of sales, salaries and occupancy costs included
in the impairment models, noting the consistency
with our knowledge and understanding of the
business.

Performed sensitivity analysis over the key
assumptions including average EBITDA margin,
discount rate and long term growth rate to consider
the extent of change in those assumptions that either
individually or in combination would be required for
the intangible assets to be impaired.

Evaluated the extent of the sass & bide impairment
charge recognised with reference to key assumptions

110  Myer Annual Report 2017

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

including forecast operating margins, discount rate 
and long term growth rates. 

•

Considered the allocation of the impairment charge
to sass & bide assets.

We considered the disclosures made in note C2, including 
those regarding the key assumptions and sensitivities to 
changes in such assumptions, in light of the requirements 
of Australian Accounting Standards.

To assess the Group’s accounting policies for calculating 
the New Myer related provisions we performed the 
following procedures amongst others: 

•

•

Considered the judgements and assumptions
applied by the Group to determine the recognition of
provisions based on the status of committed and
Board approved strategic action plans.

Compared the Group’s judgements and assumptions
used to calculate the New Myer provision to:

-

-

-

-

Board minutes

landlord agreements

historic data, including prior store closures and
restructuring experience

other supporting audit evidence.

We assessed whether there were other provisions which
met the Group’s recognition criteria, and if they had been 
recognised at 29 July 2017, by making inquiries of 
management responsible for the New Myer strategy and 
by reading minutes of Board meetings for the full 
financial period. 

We considered the disclosures made in note A3 and C3, 
in light of the requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards.

Accounting estimates and disclosures relating to 
the New Myer strategy implementation
(refer note A3 and C3) 

In September 2015 the Group implemented the “New 
Myer” strategy which involved the execution of a five-
year transformation agenda. During FY2017 the 
execution of the New Myer strategy involved the closure 
of stores, changes to store sizes following various 
landlord negotiations, voluntary redundancies and cost 
reduction within the Group’s support office in 
Melbourne.

The FY2017 strategic decisions resulted in restructuring, 
redundancy, store exits and onerous lease costs of $20
million which were recognised in the period to 29 July 
2017 in accordance with Australian Accounting 
Standards. The restructuring activity was incomplete at
period end, with further judgements and assumptions 
made by the Group regarding the nature and quantum of 
restructuring activity anticipated in future periods; this 
activity required the recognition of estimated
restructuring and onerous lease provisions of $26 million 
at 29 July 2017.

We considered this a key audit matter because of the 
judgements and assumptions applied by the Group in 
estimating the level of provisioning required to be 
recognised at 29 July 2017.

111

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Inventory valuation and provisions
(refer note B2)

The Group held inventory of $372 million (2016: $396
million) at 29 July 2017. As described in note B2 to the
financial statements, inventories are valued at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value.

The Group recognises a provision where it expects the
net realisable value of inventory to fall below its cost 
price. This will occur where inventory becomes aged, 
damaged or obsolete and will be sold below its cost price 
in order to clear. Inventory provisioning is also required 
where inventory no longer exists due to theft and 
processing errors.

We considered this a key audit matter because the Group 
applies judgements and assumptions in:

•

•

Forecasting sell through rates of inventory on hand
at period end to estimate the value of inventory
likely to sell below cost in the future.

Estimating inventory shrinkage based on actual
losses realised as a result of cycle inventory counts.

Supplier rebates
(refer note B2)

As described in note B2 to the financial statements, the
Group recognises amounts from suppliers (primarily 
comprising supplier promotional rebates) as a reduction 
in the cost of inventory purchased and a reduction in the
cost of goods sold.

The majority of supplier rebates tend to be small in unit
value but high in volume and span relatively short
periods of time, although promotional rebates and sell 
through of related inventory can run across the financial 
period end. 

We considered this to be a key audit matter because:

•

•

Supplier arrangements are complex in nature and
variable between suppliers.

Judgement is needed by the Group to determine the
amount of supplier rebates that should be
recognised in the income statement and the amounts
that should be deferred to inventory. This requires a
detailed understanding of contractual arrangements
with suppliers and accurate purchase and sell
through information.

To assess the Group’s judgements and assumptions 
applied in calculating the value of inventory provisions, 
we performed the following procedures, amongst others: 

•

•

•

•

Considered the design and effective operation of
relevant key inventory controls.

Attended inventory counts at a distribution centre
and retail stores.

Assessed the Group’s inventory provisioning policy
by considering the levels of aged inventory and the
Group’s inventory clearance strategy.

Considered the historical accuracy of the Group’s
inventory provisioning by comparing the prior
period inventory provision to inventory sold below
cost or written off in the current period.

We considered the disclosures made in note B2, in light 
of the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards.

Our procedures over supplier rebate income included:

•

•

•

Agreeing a sample of supplier rebates recorded to
the relevant supplier agreements.

Comparing a sample of rebate terms used in the
Group’s supplier rebate calculations to relevant
supplier arrangements and the Group’s inventory
purchase volume data.

Interviewing a range of the Group’s buyers to
develop an understanding of:

-

-

the nature of the rebates negotiated with
suppliers

their awareness of company buying policies.

We evaluated the recoverability of the rebates receivables at 
period end by assessing the ageing of amounts outstanding 
at 29 July 2017.

We considered the disclosures made in note B2, in light of 
the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards.

112  Myer Annual Report 2017

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information included in the Group’s 

Annual Report for the period ended 29 July 2017 comprises the Directors’ Report and ASX Additional 

Information (but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon), which we 

obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report. We expect other information to be made available to us 

after the date of this auditor’s report, including the Chairman and CEO Report, Performance Review, 

Company Review, Sustainability Report, Shareholder Information and Corporate Directory. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will not

express an opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 

identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 

the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 

misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 

this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 

required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

When we read the other information not yet received as identified above, if we conclude that there is a 

material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the directors and use our 

professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 

and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for 

such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 

report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 

going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 

operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 

from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 

our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 

conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 

misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 

individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of

users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information included in the Group’s 
Annual Report for the period ended 29 July 2017 comprises the Directors’ Report and ASX Additional 
Information (but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report thereon), which we 
obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report. We expect other information to be made available to us 
after the date of this auditor’s report, including the Chairman and CEO Report, Performance Review, 
Company Review, Sustainability Report, Shareholder Information and Corporate Directory. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not and will not
express an opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

When we read the other information not yet received as identified above, if we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to the directors and use our 
professional judgement to determine the appropriate action to take.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

113

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the Auditing 
and Assurance Standards Board website at: http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report. 

Report on the remuneration report

Our opinion on the remuneration report

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 38 to 57 of the Directors’ Report for
the period ended 29 July 2017.

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Myer Holdings Limited for the period ended 29 July 2017 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration 
report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Jason Perry 
Partner 

Melbourne     
13 September 2017 

114  Myer Annual Report 2017

SHAREHOLDER   

INFORMATION

As at 27 September 2017.

Myer has one class of shares on issue (being ordinary shares). All the Company’s shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange.

Issued Capital

Number of shareholders

Minimum parcel price

Number

821,278,815

48,946

 $0.775 

Holders with less than a marketable parcel

17,150 (6,323,415 shares)

Distribution of shareholders and shareholdings

Range

100,001 and Over

10,001 to 100,000

5,001 to 10,000

1,001 to 5,000

1 to 1,000

Total

Unmarketable Parcels

Units

599,846,009

142,449,431

30,314,837

37,099,269

11,569,269

821,278,815

%

73.04

17.34

3.69

4.52

1.41

100.00

Holders

385

5,081

3,840

16,173

23,467

48,946

%

0.79

10.38

7.85

33.04

47.94

100.00

Minimum $500.00 parcel at $0.775 per unit 

Twenty largest shareholders

Rank Name

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

PERSHING AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LTD 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

BAINPRO NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

GLENN HARGRAVES INVESTMENTS PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

SPACETIME PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

MR BERNARD JOSEPH BROOKES 

CS THIRD NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

SANDHURST TRUSTEES LTD 

MERRILL LYNCH (AUSTRALIA) NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

MR PAT O’NEILL 

20

MR BERNARD JOSEPH BROOKES & MRS SUSIE HEIDI BROOKES 

Total

Balance of register

Grand total

Minimum 

Parcel Size

646

Holders

17,150

Units

6,323,415

Units

% of Units

194,083,938

88,450,664

64,951,084

47,615,413

19,641,026

14,500,122

13,973,451

8,370,293

6,279,879

5,250,000

5,100,000

4,820,000

4,515,390

3,800,000

3,502,354

3,439,212

2,815,000

2,813,194

2,235,790

2,096,060

498,252,870

323,025,945

821,278,815

23.63

10.77

7.91

5.80

2.39

1.77

1.70

1.02

0.76

0.64

0.62

0.59

0.55

0.46

0.43

0.42

0.34

0.34

0.27

0.26

60.67

39.33

100.00

115

SHA REHOLDER INFORMATION 

Continued

Substantial shareholders

As at 27 September 2017, there are three substantial shareholders that Myer is aware of:

Premier Investments

Investors Mutual

Dimensional Fund Advisors

Total

VOTING RIGHTS

Date of most recent notice

Number of securities

29 March 2017

19 May 2017

2 December 2016

88,450,664

80,897,018

57,539,611

%

10.77

9.85

7.01

27.63

Shareholders may vote at a meeting of shareholders in person, directly or by proxy, attorney or representative, depending on whether the 

shareholder is an individual or a company. Subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to shares, on a show of hands each shareholder 

present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative has one vote and, on a poll, has one vote for each fully paid share held. 

Presently, Myer has only one class of fully paid ordinary shares and these do not have any voting restrictions. If shares are not fully paid, 

on a poll the number of votes attaching to the shares is pro-rated accordingly. Options and performance rights do not carry any voting 

rights.

OPTIONS AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS

Myer has unlisted performance rights on issue. As at 27 September 2017, there were 16 holders of performance rights.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT PROGRAM

Myer Holdings has a Sponsored Level I American Depositary Receipt (ADR) program. Myer ADRs are not listed on an exchange and are 

only traded in the United States over-the-counter (OTC) market under the code: ‘MYRSY’ and the CUSIP number: 62847V 207. One ADR 

represents four existing ordinary Myer shares.

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (DBTCA) is the Depositary for the Company’s ADR program in the United States. Holders of the 

Company’s ADRs should deal directly with DBTCA on all matters relating to their ADR holdings on the contact details below:

Deutsche Bank Shareholder Services 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 

Operations Centre 

6201 15th Avenue 

Brooklyn NY 11219 

Email: DB@amstock.com 

Toll-free number: +1 800 937 5449 

Direct Dial: +1 718 921 8124

116  Myer Annual Report 2017

CORPOR ATE DIRECTORY

REGISTERED OFFICE

Myer Holdings Limited 

Level 7 

800 Collins Street 

Docklands VIC 3008 

Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia)

MYER POSTAL ADDRESS

Myer Holdings Limited 

PO Box 869J 

Melbourne VIC 3001

COMPANY SECRETARY

Richard Amos 

Chief General Counsel and  

Group Company Secretary

SHAREHOLDER ENQUIRIES: 
SHARE REGISTRY

Link Market Services Limited 

Postal Address 

Locked Bag A14  

Sydney South NSW 1235

MYER SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION LINE

Australian Telephone: 1300 820 260 

International Telephone: +61 1300 820 260 

Facsimile: 02 9287 0303 

www.linkmarketservices.com.au

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Davina Gunn 

Investor Relations Manager 

Phone: +61 (0 ) 3 8667 7879 

Mobile: +61 (0 ) 400 896 809 

Email: myer.investor.relations@myer.com.au 

MEDIA RELATIONS

National Corporate Affairs & Communications Manager 

Phone: +61 (0 ) 3 8667 7019 

Email: myer.corporate.affairs@myer.com.au 

SUSTAINABILITY

Miriam Powell 

National Sustainability Manager 

Phone: +61 (0 ) 3 8667 7553 

Email: sustainability@myer.com.au

MYER CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTRE

PO Box 869J 

Melbourne VIC 3001 

Phone: 1800 811 611 (within Australia) 

AUDITOR

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Level 19, Freshwater Place 

2 Southbank Boulevard 

Southbank VIC 3006

SECURITIES EXCHANGE LISTING

Myer Holdings Limited (MYR) shares are listed on the Australian 

Securities Exchange (ASX)

WEBSITES

myer.com.au 

blog.myer.com.au 

myerone.com.au 

myer.com.au/investor

FIND US HERE

Facebook.com/myer

Instagram.com/myer

Twitter.com/myer

Youtube.com/myer

Designed and produced at www.twelvecreative.com.au

117

A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 7

118  Myer Annual Report 2017